Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Financial - Credit Services / Green Dot Corporation / FY2014 Annual Report

Green Dot Corporation
Annual Report 2014

GDOT · NYSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker GDOT
Exchange NYSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Financial - Credit Services
Employees 1150
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Green Dot Corporation
Loading PDF…
Dear Green Dot Shareholders, 

2014 was an important and transformative year for Green Dot.

It was a year where the Company attained further clarity with respect to a number of foundational unknowns. Will 

Green Dot be able to survive the onslaught of new competition from big banks and other much larger competitors? 

Will our business model be able to sustain and thrive under all the proposed new regulations? Will our technology 

and product roadmap be able to stay on the leading edge of the rapidly-evolving FinTech industry? Will our new, 

more stringent risk controls work properly and allow us to continue to grow smartly? Will our company be able to 

grow  and  diversify  our  revenue  base  without  losing  focus  on  our  legacy  business  lines?  And  perhaps  most 

importantly, will the Green Dot brand continue to be the consumer’s #1 choice?

In 2014, we learned that the answer to all of these critical questions appears to be YES. Today, there is no doubt that 

Green Dot is the nation’s hands-down leader in prepaid. All others simply compete to be the distant #2. Green Dot 

is now also so much more than just a “prepaid company.” We are also the largest processor of tax refunds, a leader 

in mobile banking, a leader in cash processing services, and we are one of the largest branchless banks in America, 

with approximately 100,000 retailers and the leading app stores offering our products and services to millions of 

customers every year.

Of course, our journey is far from over. Risk and uncertainty are ever-present foes of all businesses big and small. 

So, I’m confident there will always be new challenges for us to face and new problems that will require new solutions. 

But we believe our proven ability to anticipate and successfully navigate the future will serve us well in the face of 

the inevitable uncertainties yet to come.

I believe that the Green Dot operating team is the best in financial services. As a result of our team’s relentless and 

long-term focus on our customers, our products, our brand, our regulatory stakeholders, our business partners and 

our employees, we begin 2015 well positioned to drive long-term shareholder value.

As founder, Chairman, CEO and our Company’s largest shareholder, I greatly appreciate your support of our efforts 

and I thank you for investing in Green Dot’s vision to reinvent personal banking for the masses.

To a prosperous 2015,

Steven W. Streit

Chairman and Chief Executive Office

Forward-Looking Statements
We have included in this letter “forward-looking statements,” which are subject to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 
1995.  Words  such  as  “will,”  “expect,”  “believe”  and  similar  expressions  are  used  to  identify  these  forward-looking  statements.  These  statements  are  not 
guarantees of future performance and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Forward-looking statements are based upon 
assumptions as to future events that may not prove to be accurate. Actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or forecast in these 
forward-looking statements. Risks, uncertainties and other factors that might cause such differences, some of which could be material, include, but are not 
limited to, the factors discussed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, which are available on Green Dot’s investor relations 
website at ir.greendot.com and on the SEC website at sec.gov. All information provided in this letter speaks only as of the date of this letter, and Green Dot 
assumes no obligation to update this information as a result of future events or developments.

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 
__________________________________________________ 

FORM 10-K  

 

  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 
OR 

 

  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the transition period from            to 

Commission file number 001-34819 

GREEN DOT CORPORATION 

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

95-4766827 
(IRS Employer Identification No.) 

3465 E. Foothill Blvd. 
Pasadena, California 91107 
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code) 

(626) 765-2000 
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Class A Common Stock, $0.001 par value 
(Title of each class) 

New York Stock Exchange 
(Name of each exchange on which registered) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 
__________________________________________________ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  No  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  No  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been 
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  No  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive 
Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 
months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  No  
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained 
herein,  and  will  not  be contained,  to  the  best  of  registrant’s  knowledge,  in definitive  proxy  or  information  statements  incorporated  by 
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting 
company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 
(Check one): 

     Large accelerated filer  

Accelerated filer  

Non-accelerated filer  
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

  Smaller reporting company  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  No  
The  aggregate  market  value of  the  common  equity  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the  registrant  (assuming  for  these  purposes,  but  without 
conceding, that all executive officers, directors and 10% or greater stockholders are "affiliates" of the registrant) as of June 30, 2014, the last 
business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $682.1 million (based on the closing sale 
price of the registrant's common stock on that date as reported on the New York Stock Exchange). 

There were 51,672,672 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share (which number does not include 1,515,462 shares of 
Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Junior Participating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock) as 
of January 31, 2015. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 
Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement relating to the registrant’s 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be held on or about May 28, 
2015, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K where indicated. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I.

Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 1.
Item 1A. Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 2.
Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mine Safety Disclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 3.

Item 4.

PART II.

Item 5.

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases
of Equity Securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Selected Financial Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 6.
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations . .
Item 7.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 8.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure . .
Item 9.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 9B. Other Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PART III.

Item 12.

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Executive Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 11.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related
Stockholder Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principal Auditor Fees and Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 14.

Item 15.

PART IV.
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhibit Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

1

11

26

26

26

26

27

29
31

48

50

89

89

89

91

91

91

91

91

92

93

94

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains forward-looking statements regarding future events and our future results that are subject to
the safe harbors created under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 (the “Exchange Act”). All statements other than statements of historical facts are statements that could be deemed
to  be  forward-looking  statements. These  statements  are  based  on  current  expectations,  estimates,  forecasts  and
projections about the industries in which we operate and the beliefs and assumptions of our management. Words such
as “expects,” “anticipates,” “targets,” “goals,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “continues,”
“endeavors,” “strives,” “may” and “assumes,” variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify
forward-looking statements. In addition, any statements that refer to projections of our future financial performance,
our anticipated growth and trends in our businesses, and other characterizations of future events or circumstances
are forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned that these forward-looking statements are subject to risks,
uncertainties, and assumptions that are difficult to predict, including those identified below, under “Part I, Item 1A. Risk
Factors,” and elsewhere herein. Therefore, actual results may differ materially and adversely from those expressed
in any forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements for
any reason.

In this report, unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, “Green Dot,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer
to Green Dot Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries, the term “GPR cards” refers to general purpose reloadable
prepaid debit cards, the term “prepaid cards” refers to prepaid debit cards and the term “our cards” refers to our Green
Dot-branded and co-branded GPR cards. In addition, “prepaid financial services” refers to GPR cards and associated
reload services, a segment of the prepaid card industry.

ITEM 1. Business

Overview

PART I

Green Dot Corporation, along with its wholly owned subsidiaries, is a pro-consumer financial technology innovator
with a mission to reinvent personal banking for the masses. We are the largest provider of reloadable prepaid debit
cards and cash reload processing services in the United States. We are also a leader in mobile technology and mobile
banking with our award-winning GoBank mobile checking account. Through our wholly owned subsidiary, TPG, we
are additionally the largest processor of tax refund disbursements in the U.S. Our products and services are available
to consumers through a large-scale "branchless bank" distribution network of more than 100,000 U.S. retail locations,
thousands  of  neighborhood  financial  service  center  locations,  online,  in  the  leading  app  stores  and  through
approximately 25,000 tax preparation offices and leading online tax preparation providers.

The  combination  of  our  innovative  products  and  services,  broad  retail  distribution  and  proprietary  technology
creates powerful network effects, which we believe enhance the value we deliver to our customers, our retail distributors
and other participants in our network.

We were incorporated in Delaware in October 1999 as Next Estate Communications, Inc. and changed our name
to Green Dot Corporation in October 2005. We completed our initial public offering of Class A common stock in July
2010. In December 2011, we became a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as
amended, or the BHC Act, as a result of our acquisition of Bonneville Bancorp, the holding company of Bonneville
Bank, a state-chartered Utah bank, which was renamed Green Dot Bank and became a member bank of the Federal
Reserve System after the acquisition. In 2014, we made three acquisitions, including SBBT Holdings, LLC (“TPG”),
adding tax refund processing services to the range of products and services we provide.

We manage our operations and allocate resources as a single operating segment. Financial information regarding
our  operations,  assets  and  liabilities,  including  our  total  operating  revenues  and  net  income  for  the  years  ended
December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 and our total assets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are included in our
consolidated financial statements and related notes in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. We plan
to organize our business into more than one segment as a result of the recent acquisition of TPG.

Our principal executive offices are located at 3465 East Foothill Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91107, and our
telephone number is (626) 765-2000. We maintain a website at www.greendot.com. We make available free of charge,
on  or  through  our  website  via  the  Investor  Relations  section  at  ir.greendot.com,  our  annual  report  on  Form  10-K,
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished
pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such material
electronically or otherwise furnishing it to the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. References to website
addresses in this report are intended to be inactive textual references only, and none of the information contained on
our website is part of this report or incorporated in this report by reference.

Our Business Model

Our  business  model  focuses  on  three  major  elements:  our  consumers;  our  products  and  services;  and  our

distribution channels.

Our Consumers

We have designed our products and services to appeal primarily to consumers living in U.S. households that earn

less than $75,000 annually across the following five consumer segments:

•

•

•

•

Unbanked — individuals who do not have a bank account,

Underbanked — individuals who may hold a bank account of one type or another, but do not maintain sufficient
balances or hold a sufficient enough credit standing to allow that individual to engage fully in the bank's offerings,

Unhappily banked — individuals who hold a bank account, but are seeking alternative solutions to that account,

New to banking — individuals who are coming of age or otherwise likely want and need a bank account, but
have not acquired one,

• Millennials — characterized as younger Americans who have grown up in a mobile-based, technology-driven
world and who have distinct expectations and attitudes related to how they choose and consume various
products and services, including financial services.

1

Based on data from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, the Federal Reserve Bank, the U.S.
Census, the Center for Financial Services Innovation and our proprietary data, we believe the addressable portions
of these four consumer segments collectively represent a market opportunity of approximately 160 million people in
the United States for our products and services.

Our Products and Services

Our principal products and services consist of branded deposit account programs, private label deposit account

programs, and processing and settlement services. 

Branded Deposit Account Programs

Our  branded  deposit  account  programs  include  Green  Dot-branded  and  affinity-branded  GPR  card  accounts,

checking accounts and open-loop gift cards. 

Green Dot-Branded and Affinity-Branded GPR Cards. Our Green Dot-branded and affinity-branded GPR card
accounts are prepaid debit accounts issued by Green Dot Bank with deposits on those cards insured by the FDIC.
GPR cards are designed for general spending purposes and are reloadable for ongoing long-term use. 

To purchase a GPR card in a retail store location, consumers typically select the temporary GPR card from an in-
store display and pay the cashier a one-time purchase fee plus the initial amount they would like to load onto their
card. Our GPR cards can also be obtained online and in the mail through our direct marketing efforts. Consumers then
go online or call a toll-free number to register their personal information with us so that we can activate their temporary
prepaid card and mail them a personalized GPR card. As explained below, consumers can then reload their personalized
GPR cards using our processing and settlement services. Funds can also be loaded on the card via direct deposit of
various disbursements, such as a customer’s payroll check.

Our GPR cards are issued as Visa- or MasterCard-branded cards and can be used by consumers at merchants
that accept these brands. Our cardholders can also conduct ATM cash withdrawal transactions at ATM machines that
accept our cards which includes the substantial majority of ATM machines located in the United States.

For regulatory compliance, risk management, operational and other reasons, our GPR cards are not anonymous
and require the customer to provide us with their personal information necessary to ensure to the satisfaction of Green
Dot Bank that it has a reasonable belief that it knows the true identity of its customers.

Checking Accounts. We offer innovative checking account products, such as GoBank, that allow customers to
acquire and manage their checking account entirely through a mobile application available on smartphone devices. In
June 2013, we made our GoBank product available nationwide via GoBank.com and through a downloadable app on
leading app stores. During the fourth quarter of 2014, the GoBank product was launched at Walmart stores nationwide
as a product that consumers can acquire off the rack.

Open Loop Gift Cards. We offer general purpose, non-reloadable gift cards. Visa or MasterCard gift cards can be
used by consumers to make purchases wherever Visa or MasterCard is accepted. Funds loaded onto gift cards are
not insured by the FDIC, nor is it required that the customer provide personal identifiable information in order to use
the product.

Private Label Deposit Account Programs

We have the ability to provide private label GPR card accounts on behalf of a retailer or other third party entity.
Private label cards generally bear the trademarks or logos of the retail distributor or business entity, and our trademark
on the packaging and back of the card. These cards have the same features and characteristics as our Green Dot-
branded GPR cards, and are accepted at the same locations. We typically are responsible for managing all aspects
of these programs, including strategy, product design, marketing, customer service, operations and compliance with
our subsidiary bank serving as the card's issuer. Currently, our only private label program is the Walmart MoneyCard.

Processing and Settlement Services

Our processing and settlement services include our reload services and tax refund processing services.

Reload Services. We generate cash transfer revenues when consumers purchase our reload services. We offer
consumers affordable and convenient ways to reload any of our GPR cards and cards from more than 120 third-party
prepaid card programs, and to conduct other cash loading transactions through the Green Dot Network, our reload
network, using retailers’ specially-enabled POS devices. Consumers can add funds directly to accounts we issue and
accounts issued by our network acceptance members, to the extent those accounts are eligible to receive recurring
deposits, at the point of sale through an automated POS swipe reload transaction. To complete transactions, consumers
pay the cashier the desired amount to be reloaded, plus a service fee, and funds are reloaded onto the GPR card at

2

the point of sale without further action required on the part of the consumer. Historically, consumers were also able to
conduct cash loading transactions using our MoneyPak PIN product, which prior to 2014 was offered in all of the retail
locations where our GPR cards were sold. We began phasing out the MoneyPak PIN product in 2014 and no longer
offer that product by the end of the first quarter of 2015.

Tax  Refund  Processing  Services. TPG,  our  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  provides  the  processing  technology  that
facilitates the receipt of a taxpayer's refund proceeds. We generate tax refund processing service revenues when a
customer of a third party tax preparation company chooses to pay their tax preparation fee through the use of our tax
refund processing services, whereby we deduct the cost of the tax preparation service and the cost of our processing
service from those proceeds, and remit the balance to the taxpayer per their instructions. 

Our Distribution Channels

We  achieve  broad  distribution  of  our  products  and  services  through  distribution  arrangements  with  more  than
100,000 "brick and mortar" locations, online and through the leading app stores. Accounts issued by us or our network
acceptance members can be reloaded at these brick and mortar locations. 

Most of our arrangements for brick and mortar locations have been in effect with our distributors for several years.
These retail distributors have contracts with us, subject to termination rights, which expire at various dates from 2015
to 2018. In general, our agreements with our retail distributors give us the right to offer branded and private label deposit
account programs and reload services in their retail locations and require us to share with them by way of commissions
the revenues generated by sales of these cards and reload services. We and the retail distributors generally also agree
to certain marketing arrangements, such as promotions and advertising. Our operating revenues derived from products
and services sold at the store locations of Walmart represented approximately 54%, 64%, and 64% of our total operating
revenues for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. Included in these percentages are
revenues derived from the Walmart MoneyCard program, which represented approximately 38%, 45% and 49% of our
total operating revenues during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

Our Relationship with Walmart. Walmart is our largest retail distributor. Green Dot Corporation has been the provider
of Walmart-branded GPR cards sold at Walmart since the initiation of the Walmart MoneyCard program in 2007, and
Green Dot Bank has been the issuer of those cards since early 2014. Pursuant to our agreement with Walmart and
Green Dot Bank, Green Dot designs and delivers the Walmart MoneyCard product and provides all ongoing program
support,  including  network  IT,  regulatory  and  legal  compliance,  website  functionality,  customer  service  and  loss
management. Walmart displays and sells the cards and Green Dot Bank serves as the issuer of the cards and holds
the associated FDIC-insured deposits. All Walmart MoneyCard products are reloadable exclusively on the Green Dot
Network. In 2013, we began offering our Green Dot-branded cards at Walmart, providing consumers the choice to
purchase either Green Dot-branded cards or any of the Walmart MoneyCard products, and during the fourth quarter
of 2014, our GoBank checking account product was launched and made available in a retail setting at Walmart. In
December 2014, the contract governing our role as program manager and bank issuer for the Walmart MoneyCard
program was extended, under the same economics, terms and conditions, to December 31, 2015.

Tax Preparation Businesses. Our tax refund processing services are available to consumers through tax preparers
in  three  core  distribution  channels:  Franchise  tax  preparers,  independent  tax  preparers  utilizing  professional  tax
software and taxpayers utilizing online tax preparation services. In general, our distribution agreements consist of
revenue-sharing arrangements under which we allow our channel partners to access and utilize our processing and
settlement technology as part of the tax preparation process. When our processing technology is utilized, a fee is paid
by  the  consumer  that  is  shared,  subject  to  various  terms  of  each  particular  distribution  agreement,  between  the
distribution partners and us.

Direct Channels. An increasing portion of our account sales are generated from digital and direct mail customer
acquisition sources and we expect this trend to accelerate over time. Customers who acquire our accounts through
these channels and pass identity verification typically receive an unfunded card in the mail and then can reload the
card either through a cash reload or an ACH deposit transaction. 

Network Acceptance Members. A large number of program managers that offer their own prepaid cards accept
funds through the Green Dot Network. We provide reload services to more than 120 third-party prepaid card programs,
including programs offered by UniRush and H&R Block. MasterCard’s RePower Reload Network also uses the Green
Dot Network to facilitate cash reloads for its own member programs. In addition, we provide reload services to other
kinds of financial services firms and their customers.

3

Sales and Marketing

The primary objectives of our sales and marketing efforts are to educate consumers on the utility of our products
and services in order to generate demand, and to instruct consumers on where they may purchase our products and
services. We also seek to educate existing customers on the use of our products and services to encourage increased
usage and retention of our products. We accomplish these objectives through various types of consumer-oriented
marketing and advertising and by expanding our group of retail and other distributors to gain access to additional
customers.

Marketing to Consumers

We market our products to a broad group of consumers, ranging from never-banked to fully-banked consumers.
We are focusing our current sales and marketing efforts on acquisition of long-term users of our products, enhancing
our brands and image, building market adoption and awareness of our products, improving customer retention and
increasing card usage. To achieve these objectives, we highlight to consumers the core benefits of our products and
services and how the use of our products can solve their fundamental money management needs.

Our marketing campaigns for our prepaid financial services involve creating a compelling in-store presence and
product  placement  on  television  shows,  retailer  promotions  such  as  circulars,  online  advertisements,  and  co-op
advertising with select retail distributors. GoBank is offered at Walmart using similar strategies.

Marketing to Business Partners

We use a variety of marketing strategies to engage with our business partners, including retail distributors, tax

preparation partners and network acceptance members.

When marketing our prepaid financial services to potential new retail distributors, we highlight several key benefits,
including our leading national brand, our in-store presence and merchandising expertise, our cash reload network, the
profitability of our products to them and our commitment to support our brand through national marketing efforts. In
addition, we communicate the peripheral benefits of our products, such as their ability to generate additional foot traffic
and sales in their stores and higher average purchase amounts per transaction.  We engage in similar strategies when
marketing to our tax preparation partners.

We market our reload network to a broad range of banks, third-party processors, program managers and others
that have uses for our reload network’s cash transfer technology. When marketing to potential network acceptance
members, we highlight the key benefits of our cash loading network, including the breadth of our distribution capabilities,
our leadership position in the industry, the profitability of our products to them, consumer satisfaction owing to the
consistency in the user experience and our ongoing support of our network's offerings through national marketing to
consumers and retail partners.

Customer Service

We provide customer service through numerous technologies and channels for all of the products provided by our
company to consumers.  Generally customer service for our products is available to our consumers and to our distribution
partners on a 24-hour per day, 365-day per year basis.

Competition

Our core businesses include the offering of prepaid cards, checking accounts and financial transaction processing
services to a wide range of consumers through broad, national distribution channels.  Consequently, we compete
against the full spectrum of companies across the retail banking, financial services and transaction processing services
industries. In addition to the direct competitors described below, we compete for access to retail distribution channels,
allocation of shelf space within those retail distributors and for the attention of consumers at the retail level and online.
Furthermore, many of our primary competitors are entities substantially larger in size, more highly diversified in revenue
and substantially more established in age with significantly more broadly known brand awareness than ours.  As such,
many  of  our  competitors  can  leverage  their  size,  financial  wherewithal,  brand  awareness,  pricing  power  and
technological assets to compete with us. 

Prepaid Card Issuance and Program Management

We offer branded and private label deposit account card programs that directly compete with other banks that
issue prepaid cards and other program managers that provide turn-key services for prepaid card programs. Primary
competitors in this business include traditional credit, debit and prepaid card account issuers and prepaid card program
managers like Chase, USBank, American Express, First Data, NetSpend/TSYS, UniRush, InComm, Western Union,
MoneyGram and Blackhawk Network Inc.. In addition, from time to time, new entrants introduce prepaid card products
or other products that seek to target that similar customer that could increase competition in this market.

4

Reload Networks

We offer our POS swipe reload proprietary products, which enable cash loading and transfer services through our
Green Dot Network. While we believe our Green Dot Network is the leading reload network for prepaid cards in the
United States, a growing number of companies are attempting to establish and grow their own reload networks. In this
market, new companies, or alliances among existing companies, may be formed that rapidly achieve a significant
market position. Many of these companies are substantially larger than we are and have greater resources, larger and
more diversified customer bases and greater name recognition than we do. Our primary competitors in the reload
network services market are: Visa, Western Union, MoneyGram, Blackhawk Network, Inc., and Incomm. Visa has
broad brand recognition and a large base of merchant acquiring and card issuing banks. Western Union, MoneyGram,
Blackhawk Network, Inc., and Incomm each have a national network of retail and/or agent locations. In addition, we
compete for consumers and billers with financial institutions that provide their retail customers with billing, payment
and funds transfer services. Many of these institutions are substantially larger and have greater resources, larger and
more diversified customer bases and greater brand recognition than we do.

Tax Refund Processing

Our tax refund processing services compete directly with similar processing technologies and settlement capabilities
offered by companies such as Refundo, Refund Advantage, Republic Bank and others. Furthermore, other entities,
like  Jackson  Hewitt  and  H&R  Block,  have  either  fully  or  partially  internally-developed  processing  and  settlement
capabilities to self-provide services similar to ours.  It is possible that our current or potentially new distribution partners
may seek to develop their own internal capabilities that compete with our tax refund processing services. 

Personal Banking Services

With the nationwide launch of our first checking account product in June 2013, we have expanded into the market
for consumer checking accounts. In addition to availability via digital downloading from leading app stores, since the
fourth quarter of 2014, this product has been offered in a retail setting at Walmart under the GoBank brand. In this
market we compete against a wide range of both traditional and non-traditional banks, including the largest banks.
Many of these banks have greater resources, larger and more diversified customer bases and greater brand recognition
than we do. Many of these banks also have other assets that could give them an advantage, including broader ranges
of product offerings and/or retail branch networks. We believe that our consumer checking account products will be
differentiated by their innovative technological features, innovative distribution model, consumer-friendly pricing, and
branding.  However,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  GoBank  will  be  adopted  by  consumers  or  otherwise  achieve
commercial success.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patent, trademark and copyright laws and trade secret protections in the United States,
as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions, to protect the intellectual property rights related to our
products and services.

We own several trademarks, including Green Dot and GoBank. These assets are essential to our business. Through
agreements with our network acceptance members, retail distributors and customers, we authorize and monitor the
use of our trademarks in connection with their activities with us.

Our patent portfolio currently consists of seven patents and three patent applications. The term of the patents we
hold is, on average, twenty years. We feel our patents and applications are essential to our business and help to
differentiate our products and services from those of our competitors.

The industries in which we compete are characterized by rapidly changing technology, a large number of patents,
and  frequent  claims  and  related  litigation  regarding  patent  and  other  intellectual  property  rights. There  can  be  no
assurance that our patents and other proprietary rights will not be challenged, invalidated, or circumvented; that others
will not assert intellectual property rights to technologies that are relevant to us; or that our rights will give us a competitive
advantage. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent
as the laws of the United States. The risks associated with patents and intellectual property are more fully discussed
in “Item 1A. Risk Factors,” including the risk factors entitled “We must adequately protect our brand and the intellectual
property rights related to our products and services and avoid infringing on the proprietary rights of others,” and “We
must be able to operate and scale our technology effectively to manage any future growth.”

5

Regulation

Compliance  with  legal  and  regulatory  requirements  is  a  highly  complex  and  integral  part  of  our  day-to-day
operations. Our products and services are generally subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations, including:

•

anti-money laundering laws;

• money transfer and payment instrument licensing regulations;

•

•

•

•

escheatment laws;

privacy and information safeguard laws;

banking regulations; and

consumer protection laws.

These laws are often evolving and sometimes ambiguous or inconsistent, and the extent to which they apply to
us, our subsidiary bank or the banks that issue our cards, our retail distributors, our tax preparation partners, our
network acceptance members or our third-party processors is at times unclear. Any failure to comply with applicable
law - either by us or by the card issuing banks, retail distributors, tax preparation partners, network acceptance members
or third-party processors, over which we have limited legal and practical control - could result in restrictions on our
ability  to  provide  our  products  and  services,  as  well  as  the  imposition  of  civil  fines  and  criminal  penalties  and  the
suspension or revocation of a license or registration required to sell our products and services.

We  continually  monitor  and  enhance  our  compliance  program  to  stay  current  with  the  most  recent  legal  and
regulatory changes. We also continue to implement policies and programs and to adapt our business practices and
strategies to help us comply with current legal standards, as well as with new and changing legal requirements affecting
particular services or the conduct of our business generally. These programs include dedicated compliance personnel
and training and monitoring programs, as well as support and guidance to our business partners on matters of regulatory
compliance programs and best practices.

Anti-Money Laundering Laws

Our products and services are generally subject to federal anti-money laundering laws, including the Bank Secrecy
Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act, and similar state laws. On an ongoing basis, these laws require us, among
other things, to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

report large cash transactions and suspicious activity;

screen transactions against the U.S. government’s watch-lists, such as the Specially Designated Nationals
and Blocked Persons List maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control;

prevent the processing of transactions to or from certain countries, individuals, nationals and entities;

identify  the  dollar  amounts  loaded  or  transferred  at  any  one  time  or  over  specified  periods  of  time,  which
requires the aggregation of information over multiple transactions;

gather and, in certain circumstances, report customer information;

comply with consumer disclosure requirements; and

register or obtain licenses with state and federal agencies in the United States and seek registration of our
retail distributors and network acceptance members when necessary.

Anti-money laundering regulations are constantly evolving. We continuously monitor our compliance with anti-
money laundering regulations and implement policies and procedures in order to comply with the most current legal
requirements. We cannot predict how these future regulations might affect us. Complying with future regulation could
be expensive or require us to change the way we operate our business.

We are registered with the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, or FinCEN, as a money services business. As
a  result  of  being  so  registered,  we  have  established  anti-money  laundering  compliance  programs  that  include:  (i)
internal  policies  and  controls;  (ii)  designation  of  a  compliance  officer;  (iii)  ongoing  employee  training  and  (iv)  an
independent  review  function.  We  have  developed  and  implemented  compliance  programs  comprised  of  policies,
procedures, systems and internal controls to monitor and address various legal requirements and developments. To
assist  in  managing  and  monitoring  money  laundering  risks,  we  continue  to  enhance  our  anti-money  laundering
compliance  program.  We  offer  our  services  largely  through  our  retail  distributor  and  network  acceptance  member
relationships. We have developed an anti-money laundering training manual and a program to assist in educating our
retail distributors on applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations.

6

Money Transmitter Licensing Regulations

We are subject to money transmitter licensing regulations. We have obtained licenses to operate as a money
transmitter in 39 states, Puerto Rico and Washington, D.C. The remaining U.S. jurisdictions either do not currently
regulate  money  transmitters  or  have  rendered  a  regulatory  determination  or  a  legal  interpretation  that  the  money
services laws of that jurisdiction do not require us to obtain a license in connection with the conduct of our business.
As a licensee, we are subject to certain restrictions and requirements, including reporting, net worth and surety bonding
requirements and requirements for regulatory approval of controlling stockholders, agent locations and consumer forms
and disclosures. We are also subject to inspection by the regulators in the jurisdictions in which we are licensed, many
of which conduct regular examinations.

In addition, we must at all times maintain “permissible investments” in an amount equivalent to all “outstanding
payment obligations.” The definition and interpretation of outstanding payment obligations may vary by jurisdiction
and, in some cases, may include the balances on our card products even though technically, the outstanding payment
obligations represented by the balances on our card products are liabilities of the issuing bank. Accordingly, it is possible
that some states will require us to maintain permissible investments in an amount equal to the outstanding payment
obligations of the bank that issues our cards. The types of securities that are considered “permissible investments”
vary from state to state, but generally include cash and cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other highly
rated debt instruments.

Escheatment Laws

Unclaimed property laws of every U.S. jurisdiction require that we track certain information on our card products
and services and that, if customer funds are unclaimed at the end of an applicable statutory abandonment period, the
proceeds of the unclaimed property be remitted to the appropriate jurisdiction. We have agreed with the banks that
issue our cards to manage escheatment law compliance with respect to our card products and services and have an
ongoing  program  to  comply  with  those  laws.  Statutory  abandonment  periods  applicable  to  our  card  products  and
services typically range from three to seven years.

Privacy and Information Safeguard Laws

In the ordinary course of our business, we collect certain types of data, which subjects us to certain privacy and
information security laws in the United States, including, for example, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, or the GLB
Act, and other laws or rules designed to regulate consumer information and mitigate identity theft. We are also subject
to  privacy  laws  of  various  states.  These  state  and  federal  laws  impose  obligations  with  respect  to  the  collection,
processing, storage, disposal, use and disclosure of personal information, and require that financial institutions have
in place policies regarding information privacy and security. In addition, under federal and certain state financial privacy
laws, we must provide notice to consumers of our policies and practices for sharing nonpublic information with third
parties, provide advance notice of any changes to our policies and, with limited exceptions, give consumers the right
to prevent use of their nonpublic personal information and disclosure of it to unaffiliated third parties. Certain state laws
may, in some circumstances, require us to notify affected individuals of security breaches of computer databases that
contain  their  personal  information.  These  laws  may  also  require  us  to  notify  state  law  enforcement,  regulators  or
consumer reporting agencies in the event of a data breach, as well as businesses and governmental agencies that
own data. In order to comply with the privacy and information safeguard laws, we have confidentiality/information
security standards and procedures in place for our business activities and with network acceptance members and our
third-party vendors and service providers. Privacy and information security laws evolve regularly, requiring us to adjust
our compliance program on an ongoing basis and presenting compliance challenges.

Banking Regulations

We became a bank holding company in December 2011, as a result of our acquisition of Bonneville Bancorp, the
holding company of Bonneville Bank, a state-chartered Utah bank, which was renamed Green Dot Bank after the
acquisition. We and our subsidiary bank are extensively regulated under federal and state laws, which, in general,
results in increased compliance costs and other expenses, as we and our subsidiary bank are required to undergo
regular on-site examinations and to comply with additional reporting requirements. As a bank holding company, we
are subject to the supervision of, and inspection by, the Federal Reserve Board and are subject to certain regulations
which, among other things, restrict our business and the activities in which we may engage. Our existing business
activities and currently proposed business activities are not materially restricted by these regulations.

Activities. Federal laws restrict the types of activities in which bank holding companies may engage, and subject
them to a range of supervisory requirements, including regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and policies.
Bank holding companies may engage in the business of banking and managing and controlling banks, as well as
closely related activities. In addition, financial holding companies may engage in a wider set of activities, including with

7

respect to securities activities and investments in companies engaged in nonbanking activities. The business activities
that we currently conduct are permissible activities for bank holding companies under U.S. law, and we do not expect
the limitations described above will adversely affect our current operations or materially restrict us from engaging in
activities that are currently contemplated by our business strategies. It is possible, however, that these restrictions
could limit our ability to enter other businesses in which we may wish to engage at some time in the future. It is also
possible that in the future these laws may be amended in ways, or new laws or regulations may be adopted, that
adversely affect our ability to engage in our current or additional businesses.

Even if our activities are permissible for a bank holding company, as discussed under “— Capital Adequacy” below,
the Federal Reserve Board has the authority to order a bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any
activity or to require divestiture of ownership or control of a subsidiary in the event that it has reasonable cause to
believe that the activity or continued ownership or control poses a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or
stability of the bank holding company or any of its bank subsidiaries.

Dividend Restrictions. Bank holding companies are subject to various restrictions that may affect their ability to
pay dividends. Federal and state banking regulations applicable to bank holding companies and banks generally require
that dividends be paid from earnings and, as described under “— Capital Adequacy” below, require minimum levels
of capital, which limits the funds available for payment of dividends. Other restrictions include the Federal Reserve
Board’s general policy that bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of net income
available to stockholders for the preceding year or four quarters and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention
is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition, including the needs of each of its
bank subsidiaries. In the current financial and economic environment, the Federal Reserve Board has indicated that
bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policies and has discouraged dividend pay-out ratios
that are at the 100% level unless both their asset quality and capital are very strong. A bank holding company also
should not maintain a dividend level that places undue pressure on the capital of its bank subsidiaries, or that may
undermine the bank holding company’s ability to serve as a source of strength for its bank subsidiaries. See “— Source
of Strength” below.

As part of our financial commitments to the Federal Reserve Board and Utah Department of Financial Institutions,

our subsidiary bank, Green Dot Bank, is restricted from paying dividends for 3 years from the date of acquisition. 

Capital Adequacy.  Bank  holding  companies  and  banks  are  subject  to  various  requirements  relating  to  capital
adequacy, including limitations on leverage. As a bank holding company that is a financial holding company, we are
required to be “well-capitalized,” meaning we must maintain a ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least
6% and a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 10%. In addition, we are also subject to the generally
applicable bank holding company minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%, which is the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average
total consolidated assets. Tier 1 capital, or “core” capital, generally consists of common stockholders’ equity, perpetual
non-cumulative preferred stock and, up to certain limits, other capital elements. Tier 2 capital consists of supplemental
capital items such as the allowance for loan and lease losses, certain types of preferred stock, hybrid capital securities
and certain types of debt, all subject to certain limits. Total capital is the sum of Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital.

Our subsidiary bank is also subject to separate capital and leverage requirements that we have committed to with
the  Federal  Reserve  Board  and  Utah  Department  of  Financial  Institutions. As  of  December 31,  2014,  we  and  our
subsidiary bank are each “well-capitalized” under the above standards and presently exceed our respective capital
and leverage commitments. 

In July 2013, the Federal Reserve and other U.S. banking regulators approved final rules that conform to the new
risk-based capital, leverage and liquidity standards, known as “Basel III” that were adopted by the international Basel
Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010. The Basel III rules, which became effective for us and our bank
on January 1, 2015, are subject to certain phase-in periods that occur over several years. The U.S. Basel III rules
contain  new  capital  standards  that  raise  the  quality  of  capital,  increase  minimum  capital  ratios  and  strengthen
counterparty credit risk capital requirements. The U.S. Basel III rules also include a new definition of common equity
Tier 1 capital and require that certain levels of such common equity Tier 1 capital be maintained. The rules also include
a new capital conservation buffer, which impose a common equity requirement above the new minimum that can be
depleted under stress, and could result in restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonuses under certain
circumstances, as well as a new standardized approach for calculating risk-weighted assets. Under the Basel III rules,
we must maintain a ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, a ratio of Tier 1
capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6%, a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8% and a minimum
Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%.

Under the regulatory framework that Congress has established and bank regulators have implemented, banks are
either  “well-capitalized,”  “adequately  capitalized,”  “undercapitalized,”  “significantly  undercapitalized”  or  “critically

8

undercapitalized.” Banks are generally subject to greater restrictions and supervision than bank holding companies,
and these restrictions increase as the financial condition of the bank worsens. For instance, a bank that is not well-
capitalized may not accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without the consent of the FDIC. If our subsidiary
bank were to become less than adequately capitalized, the bank would need to submit to bank regulators a capital
restoration plan that was guaranteed by us, as its bank holding company. The bank would also likely become subject
to further restrictions on activities, such as entering into new lines of business, or would be required to conduct activities
that have the effect of limiting asset growth or preventing acquisitions. A bank that is undercapitalized would also be
prohibited from making capital distributions, including dividends, and from paying management fees to its bank holding
company  if  the  institution  would  be  undercapitalized  after  any  such  distribution  or  payment.  A  significantly
undercapitalized institution would be subject to mandatory capital raising activities, restrictions on interest rates paid
and transactions with affiliates, removal of management and other restrictions. The FDIC has only very limited discretion
in dealing with a critically undercapitalized institution and is virtually required to appoint a receiver or conservator.
Under these regulatory guidelines, we remain well-capitalized.

Source of Strength. Under Federal Reserve Board policy, bank holding companies are expected to act as a source
of strength to their bank subsidiaries. This support may theoretically be required by the Federal Reserve Board at times
when the bank holding company might otherwise determine not to provide it. As noted above, if a bank becomes less
than adequately capitalized, it would need to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan that, in order to be acceptable,
would need to be guaranteed by the parent holding company. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy,
any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulator to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank
would be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment. In addition, under the Dodd-Frank
Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve Board is required
to adopt new regulations formally requiring bank holding companies to serve as a source of strength to their subsidiary
depository institutions. The Federal Reserve Board has not yet proposed rules to implement this requirement.

Acquisitions  of  Bank  Holding  Companies.  Under  the  BHC Act  and  the  Change  in  Bank  Control Act,  and  their
respective implementing regulations, Federal Reserve Board approval is necessary prior to any person or company
acquiring control of a bank or bank holding company, subject to certain exceptions. Control is conclusively presumed
to exist if an individual or company acquires 25% or more of any class of voting securities, and may be presumed to
exist if a person acquires 10% or more of any class of voting securities. These restrictions could affect the willingness
or ability of a third party to acquire control of us for so long as we are a bank holding company particularly if the third
party was not also a bank holding company.

Deposit Insurance and Deposit Insurance Assessments. Deposits accepted by banks, such as our subsidiary bank,
have  the  benefit  of  FDIC  insurance  up  to  the  applicable  limits.  The  FDIC’s  Deposit  Insurance  Fund  is  funded  by
assessments on insured depository institutions, the level of which depends on the risk category of an institution and
the amount of insured deposits that it holds. These rates currently range from 2.5 to 45 basis points on deposits. The
FDIC may increase or decrease the assessment rate schedule semi-annually, and has in the past required and may
in the future require banks to prepay their estimated assessments for future periods. The Dodd-Frank Act changes the
method of calculating deposit assessments, requiring the FDIC to assess premiums on the basis of assets less tangible
stockholders’ equity. The FDIC has indicated that this change will likely result in a lower assessment rate because of
the larger assessment base. Because of the current stress on the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund resulting from the
banking crisis, those fees have increased and are likely to stay at a relatively high level.

Community Reinvestment Act. The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, or CRA, and the regulations promulgated
by the FDIC to implement the CRA are intended to ensure that banks meet the credit needs of their respective service
areas,  including  low  and  moderate  income  communities  and  individuals,  consistent  with  safe  and  sound  banking
practices. The CRA regulations also require the banking regulatory authorities to evaluate a bank’s record in meeting
the needs of its service area when considering applications to establish new offices or consummate any merger or
acquisition transaction. The federal banking agencies are required to rate each insured institution’s performance under
the CRA and to make that information publicly available. Our subsidiary bank currently complies with the CRA through
investments and other activities that are designed to benefit the needs of low and moderate income communities.

Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders. Transactions between a bank and its nonbanking affiliates
are regulated by the Federal Reserve Board. These regulations limit the types and amount of these transactions,
require certain levels of collateral for loans to affiliated parties and generally require those transactions to be on an
arm’s-length  basis.  As  a  bank  holding  company,  our  transactions  with  our  subsidiary  bank  are  limited  by  these
regulations, although we do not anticipate that these restrictions will adversely affect our ability to conduct our current
operations or materially prohibit us from engaging in activities that are currently contemplated by our business strategies.

Issuing Banks. All of the GPR cards that we provide and the Walmart gift cards we service are issued by Green
Dot Bank or either a federally- or state-chartered third-party bank. Thus, we are subject to the oversight of the regulators

9

for, and certain laws applicable to, these card issuing banks. These banking laws require us, as a servicer to the banks
that issue our cards, to among other things, undertake compliance actions similar to those described under “Anti-
Money Laundering Laws” above and comply with the privacy regulations promulgated under the GLB Act as discussed
under “Privacy and Information Safeguard Laws” above. Our subsidiary bank is subject to the additional regulatory
oversight and legal obligations described above, in its capacity as issuing bank of our GPR cards.

Other. The policies of regulatory authorities, including the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve Board, have a
significant  effect  on  the  operating  results  of  bank  holding  companies  and  their  subsidiaries.  Moreover,  additional
changes to banking laws and regulations are possible in the near future. The Dodd-Frank Act made numerous changes
to the regulatory framework governing banking organizations, and many of these changes require rulemakings by
regulators, only a portion of which have been completed. These regulations could likewise substantially affect our
business and operations. In addition, the U.S. Congress is considering various proposals relating to the activities and
supervision of banks and bank holding companies, some of which could materially affect our operations and those of
our subsidiary bank. Although there can be no assurance regarding the ultimate impact that adoption of these proposals
will have on us, if the proposals are enacted, we expect that the benefits we seek to realize from our recent bank
acquisition will be reduced.

Consumer Protection Laws

We are subject to state and federal consumer protection laws, including laws prohibiting unfair and deceptive
practices, regulating electronic fund transfers and protecting consumer nonpublic information. We believe that we have
appropriate procedures in place for compliance with these consumer protection laws, but many issues regarding our
service have not yet been addressed by the federal and state agencies charged with interpreting the applicable laws.

In order to permit the direct deposit of Federal benefits and other Federal funds to our products, we comply with
the requirements of the Electronic Fund Transfer Act of the Federal Reserve Board, or Regulation E, as they relate to
payroll cards, including disclosure of the terms of our electronic fund transfer services to consumers prior to their use
of the service, 21 days' advance notice of material changes, specific error resolution procedures and timetables, and
limits on customer liability for transactions that are not authorized by the consumer.

In December 2014, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or CFPB, issued a notice of proposed rulemaking
requesting comment on proposed amendments to Regulation E, which implements the Electronic Fund Transfer Act,
and Regulation Z, which implements the Truth in Lending Act. The proposed rules seek to, among other things, create
comprehensive consumer protections for prepaid financial products, create a new disclosure regime regarding fees
charged for acquiring and using prepaid cards, and impose new requirements on any credit features associated with
prepaid accounts. The CFPB proposed rules are open for public commentary until March 23, 2015. If the CFPB's
rulemaking or other new regulations or laws result in changes in the way we are regulated, these regulations could
expose us to increased regulatory oversight, more burdensome regulation of our business, and increased litigation
risk, each of which could increase our costs and decrease our operating revenues.

Payment Networks

In order to provide our products and services, we, as well as our subsidiary bank, Green Dot Bank, are contracted
members with Visa and MasterCard and, as a result, are subject to payment network rules that could subject us to a
variety  of  fines  or  penalties  that  may  be  levied  by  the  payment  networks  for  certain  acts  or  omissions.  Visa  and
MasterCard set the standards with which we and the card issuing banks must comply.

Employees

As of December 31, 2014, we had 857 employees, including 606 in general and administrative, 76 in sales and
marketing, and 175 in research and product development. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or
is covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have never experienced any employment-related work stoppages
and consider relations with our employees to be good. 

10

ITEM 1A. Risk Factors

Risks Related to Our Business

Our operating results may fluctuate in the future, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Our quarterly and annual results of operations may fluctuate in the future as a result of a variety of factors, many
of which are outside of our control. If our results of operations fall below the expectations of investors or any securities
analysts  who  follow  our  Class A  common  stock,  the  trading  price  of  our  Class A  common  stock  could  decline
substantially. Fluctuations in our quarterly or annual results of operations might result from a number of factors, including,
but not limited to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the timing and volume of purchases, use and reloads of our prepaid cards and other products and services;

the timing and volume of tax refunds processed by us, including the impact of any general delays in tax refund
disbursements from the U.S. Treasury;

the timing and success of new product or service introductions by us or our competitors;

seasonality in the purchase or use of our products and services;

changes in the level of interchange rates that can be charged;

fluctuations in customer retention rates;

changes in the mix of products and services that we sell;

changes in the mix of retail distributors through which we sell our products and services;

the timing of commencement, renegotiation or termination of relationships with significant retail distributors
and network acceptance members;

the timing of commencement of new product development and initiatives that cause us to expand into new
distribution channels, the timing of costs of existing product roll-outs to new retail distributors and the length
of time we must invest in those new products, channels or retail distributors before they generate material
operating revenues;

our ability to effectively sell our products through online and direct mail marketing initiatives;

our ability to obtain timely regulatory approval for strategic initiatives;

changes in our or our competitors’ pricing policies or sales terms;

significant changes in our risk policies and controls;

the amount and timing of costs related to fraud losses;

the amount and timing of commencement and termination of major advertising campaigns;

the amount and timing of costs related to the development or acquisition of complementary businesses;

the amount and timing of costs of any major litigation to which we are a party;

the amount and timing of capital expenditures and operating costs related to the maintenance and expansion
of our business, operations and infrastructure, including our investments in a processing solution to replace
our current processing services provider;

accounting charges related to impairment of capitalized internal-use software, intangible assets and goodwill;

our ability to control costs, including third-party service provider costs and sales and marketing expenses in
an increasingly competitive market;

volatility in the trading price of our Class A common stock, which may lead to higher or lower stock-based
compensation expenses or fluctuations in the valuations of vesting equity that cause variations in our stock-
based retailer incentive compensation; and

changes  in  the  political  or  regulatory  environment  affecting  the  banking  or  electronic  payments  industries
generally or the industries for prepaid financial services and tax refund processing specifically.

The loss of operating revenues from Walmart would adversely affect our business.

11

Historically, most of our operating revenues are derived from prepaid financial services sold at our four largest
retail distributors. As a percentage of total operating revenues, operating revenues derived from products and services
sold  at  the  store  locations  of  Walmart  was  approximately  54%  for  the  year  December 31,  2014.  Included  in  this
percentage, are operating revenues derived from the Walmart MoneyCard program, which represented approximately
38% of our total operating revenues. We expect that Walmart will continue to have a significant impact on our operating
revenues in future years. Although in 2015, on the whole, we expect this concentration to decrease as a result of
organic  growth  outside  of  Walmart  and  the  additions  of  several  recent  acquisitions,  it  would  be  difficult  to  replace
Walmart, and the operating revenues derived from products and services sold at their stores. Accordingly, the loss of
Walmart would have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, any publicity associated with the loss of
any of our large retail distributors could harm our reputation, making it more difficult to attract and retain consumers
and other retail distributors, and could lessen our negotiating power with our remaining and prospective retail distributors.

Our contracts with these retail distributors have terms that expire at various dates between 2015 and 2018, and
they can in limited circumstances, such as our material breach or insolvency or, in the case of Walmart, our failure to
meet agreed-upon service levels, certain changes in control of us, and our inability or unwillingness to agree to requested
pricing changes, be terminated by these retail distributors on relatively short notice. Walmart also has the right to
terminate its agreement prior to its expiration or renewal for a number of other specified reasons, including: a change
by us in our card operating procedures that Walmart reasonably believes will have a material adverse effect on Walmart's
operations; our inability or unwillingness to make Walmart MoneyCards reloadable outside of our reload network in
the event that our reload network does not meet particular size requirements in the future; and in the event Walmart
reasonably believes that it is reasonably possible, after the parties have explored and been unable to agree on any
alternatives, that the Federal Reserve Board may determine that Walmart exercises a controlling influence over our
management or policies. There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue our relationships with our largest
retail distributors on the same or more favorable terms in future periods or that our relationships will continue beyond
the terms of our existing contracts with them. Our operating revenues and operating results could suffer if, among
other things, any of our retail distributors renegotiates, terminates or fails to renew, or to renew on similar or favorable
terms, its agreement with us or otherwise chooses to modify the level of support it provides for our products.

Our base of tax preparation partners is concentrated and our success depends in part on our ability to

retain existing partners. 

If one or more of our major tax preparation partners were to substantially reduce or stop offering our services to
their customers, our business, operating results and financial condition would be harmed. Historically, substantially all
of TPG’s revenues have come from sales through a relatively small number of tax preparation firms.  We do not have
long-term contractual commitments from any of our current tax preparation partners and our tax preparation partners
may elect to not renew their contracts with us with little or no advance notice. As a result, we cannot be assured that
any of our current tax preparation partners will continue to partner with us past the terms in their current agreements.
A termination with certain tax preparation partners that provide commercial tax preparation software would result in
lost revenue and the loss of the ability to secure future relationships with new or existing tax preparation firms that use
such tax software.

Our future success depends upon the active and effective promotion of our products and services by retail
distributors and tax preparation partners, but their interests and operational decisions might not always align
with our interests.

Historically, most of our operating revenues are derived from our products and services sold at the stores of our
retail distributors. Following our acquisition of TPG, we expect this dependence on retail distributors to continue and
expand to include tax preparation partners as the TPG business is largely derived from products and services sold
through retail tax preparation businesses and income tax software providers. Revenues from our retail distributors and
tax preparation partners depend on a number of factors outside our control and may vary from period to period. Because
we compete with many other providers of products, including competing prepaid cards and tax refund processing
services, for placement and promotion of products in the stores of our retail distributors or in conjunction with the
delivery of tax preparation services by our tax preparation providers, our success depends on our retail distributors
and tax preparation partners and their willingness to promote our products and services successfully. In general, our
contracts with these third parties allow them to exercise significant discretion over the placement and promotion of our
products and services; they could give higher priority to the products and services of other companies for a variety of
reasons.  Accordingly, losing the support of our retail distributors and tax preparation partners might limit or reduce the
sales of our products and services. Our operating revenues and operating expenses may also be negatively affected
by operational decisions by our retail distributors and tax preparation partners. For example, if a retail distributor reduces
shelf space for our products or implements changes in its systems that disrupt the integration between its systems
and ours, our product sales could be reduced or decline and we may incur additional merchandising costs to ensure

12

our products are appropriately stocked. Similarly, for a variety of reasons, many of our tax preparation partners that
provide commercial income tax preparation software offer their customers several types for tax refund processing
services, including those of our competitors. Even if our retail distributors and tax preparation partners actively and
effectively promote our products and services, there can be no assurance that their efforts will maintain or result in
growth of our operating revenues.

Our  operating  revenues  for  a  particular  period  are  difficult  to  predict,  and  a  shortfall  in  our  operating

revenues may harm our results of operations.

Our operating revenues for a particular period are difficult to predict. Our card revenues and other fees, cash
transfer revenues and interchange revenues, collectively, may decline or grow at a slower rate than in prior periods.
Our ability to meet financial expectations could be adversely affected by various factors, such as the failure of our
supply chain management efforts to increase revenues, delays in implementing revenue growth activities or the failure
of these activities to generate expected revenues, and increased competition within the store locations of many of our
largest retail distributors. We also expect seasonal or other influences, including potential fluctuations in stock-based
retailer incentive compensation caused by variations in our stock price, to cause sequential quarterly fluctuations and
periodic declines in our operating revenues, operating income and net income. For example, in recent years, our results
from the provision of prepaid financial services for each of the first two quarters have been favorably affected by large
numbers of taxpayers electing to receive their tax refunds via direct deposit on our cards, which caused our operating
revenues to be typically higher in the first halves of those years than they were in the corresponding second halves of
those  years.    We  expect  these  seasonal  trends  to  be  amplified  in  2015  as  a  result  of  our  provision  of  tax  refund
processing services following our acquisition of TPG. TPG’s business is highly seasonal as it generates the substantial
majority of its revenue in the first quarter, and substantially all of its revenue in the first half of each calendar year.   

Our ability to increase card usage and cardholder retention and to attract new long-term users of our products can
also have a significant effect on our operating revenues. We may be unable to generate increases in card usage,
cardholder retention or attract new long-term users of our products for a number of reasons, including our inability to
maintain our existing distribution channels, the failure of our cardholder retention and usage incentives to influence
cardholder behavior, our inability to predict accurately consumer preferences or industry changes and to modify our
products and services on a timely basis in response thereto, and our inability to produce new features and services
that appeal to existing and prospective customers. As a result, our operating results could vary materially from period
to period based on the degree to which we are successful in increasing card usage and cardholder retention and
attracting long-term users of our products.

Any of the above factors could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial

condition.

The industries in which we compete are highly competitive, which could adversely affect our operating

results.

The prepaid financial services and tax refund services industries are highly competitive and include a variety of
financial and non-financial services vendors. We expect competition in the markets in which we compete will continue
and intensify as existing competitors and new market entrants have brought to market products and services that are
substantially similar to ours or that may be perceived to be better than ours. For example, Walmart, Walgreens, CVS
and others have been selling competitive products at their store locations for the past several years. Competition is
expected to negatively impact our operating revenues, excluding stock-based retailer incentive compensation, and
could cause us to compete on the basis of price or increase our sales and marketing expenses, any of which would
likely seriously harm our business, operating results and financial condition. Our current and potential competitors
include:

•

•

•

•

prepaid card program managers, such as American Express, First Data, Total Systems Services, and other
traditional banks, such as J.P. Morgan Chase, that have entered the prepaid card market;

reload network providers, such as Visa, Western Union and MoneyGram; 

prepaid card distributors, such as InComm and Blackhawk Network; and

providers of tax refund processing services, including tax preparation businesses with their own internally-
developed products and services and independent providers, such as Republic Bank & Trust Company.

Some of these vendors compete with us in more than one of the vendor categories described above, while others
are primarily focused in a single category. In addition, competitors in one category have worked or are working with
competitors in other categories to compete with us. A portion of our cash transfer revenues is derived from reloads to
cards managed by companies that compete with us as program managers. We also face actual and potential competition

13

from retail distributors or from other companies, such as PayPal and Visa that have decided or may in the future decide
to  compete,  or  compete  more  aggressively,  in  the  prepaid  financial  services  industry.    Similarly,  some  of  our  tax
preparation partners have developed or may seek to develop their own products and services that compete with our
tax refund processing services.

We also compete with businesses outside of the prepaid financial services industry, including traditional providers
of financial services, such as banks that offer demand deposit accounts and card issuers that offer credit cards, private
label retail cards and gift cards. In particular, our GoBank product is designed to compete directly with banks by providing
products  and  services  that  they  have  traditionally  provided.  These  and  other  competitors  in  the  larger  electronic
payments industry are introducing new and innovative products and services, such as those involving radio frequency
and proximity payment devices (such as contactless cards), e-commerce and mobile commerce, that compete with
ours. We expect that this competition will continue as the prepaid financial services industry and the larger banking
and electronic payments industry continues to rapidly evolve.  We also expect to compete with businesses outside the
traditional tax refund processing services industry in the future as new entrants seek to develop software solutions
that may replace the need for our tax refund processing services.  

Many existing and potential competitors have longer operating histories and greater name recognition than we do.
In addition, many of our existing and potential competitors are substantially larger than we are, may already have or
could develop substantially greater financial and other resources than we have, may offer, develop or introduce a wider
range of programs and services than we offer or may use more effective advertising and marketing strategies than we
do to achieve broader brand recognition, customer awareness and retail penetration. We could experience increased
price competition as we are facing increased competition with a greater number of offerings from existing competitors
and new market entrants. If this happens, we expect that the purchase and use of our products and services would
decline in the near term and farther into the future. If price competition materially intensifies, we may have to increase
the incentives that we offer to our retail distributors and our tax preparation partners and decrease the prices of our
products and services, any of which would likely adversely affect our operating results.

Our long-term success depends on our ability to compete effectively against existing and potential competitors
that seek to provide prepaid cards or other electronic payment products and services or tax refund processing services.
If we fail to compete effectively against any of the foregoing threats, our revenues, operating results, prospects for
future growth and overall business could be materially and adversely affected.

We make significant investments in products and services that may not be successful.

Our prospects for growth depend on our ability to innovate by offering new, and adding value to our existing, product
and service offerings and on our ability to effectively commercialize such innovations. We will continue to make significant
investments in research, development, and marketing for new products and services, including our checking account
products and other mobile or banking products arising out of our acquisitions or otherwise. Investments in new products
and  services  are  speculative.  Commercial  success  depends  on  many  factors,  including  innovativeness,  price,  the
competitive environment and effective distribution and marketing. If customers do not perceive our new offerings as
providing significant value, they may fail to accept our new products and services, which would negatively impact our
operating revenues. We may not achieve significant operating revenues from new product and service investments
for  a  number  of  years,  if  at  all.  Moreover,  new  products  and  services  may  not  be  profitable,  and  even  if  they  are
profitable, operating margins for new products and services may not be as high as the margins we have experienced
in the past.

Acquisitions or investments could disrupt our business and harm our financial condition.

We have in the past acquired, and we expect to acquire in the future, other businesses and technologies. The
process of integrating an acquired business, product, service or technology can create unforeseen operating difficulties,
expenditures and other challenges such as:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

increased regulatory and compliance requirements;

regulatory restrictions on revenue streams of acquired businesses;

implementation or remediation of controls, procedures and policies at the acquired company;

diversion of management time and focus from operation of our then-existing business to acquisition integration
challenges;

coordination of product, sales, marketing and program, and systems management functions;

transition of the acquired company’s users and customers onto our systems;

retention of employees from the acquired company;

14

•

•

•

•

integration of employees from the acquired company into our organization;

integration  of  the  acquired  company’s  accounting,  information  management,  human  resource  and  other
administrative systems and operations generally with ours;

liability for activities of the acquired company prior to the acquisition, including violations of law, commercial
disputes, and tax and other known and unknown liabilities; and

increased  litigation  or  other  claims  in  connection  with  the  acquired  company,  including  claims  brought  by
terminated employees, customers, former stockholders or other third parties.

If we are unable to successfully integrate an acquired business or technology or otherwise address these difficulties
and challenges or other problems encountered in connection with an acquisition, we might not realize the anticipated
benefits of that acquisition, we might incur unanticipated liabilities or we might otherwise suffer harm to our business
generally. Unanticipated costs, delays or other operational or financial problems related to integrating the acquired
company and business with our company may result in the diversion of our management's attention from other business
issues and opportunities. To integrate acquired businesses, we must implement our technology systems in the acquired
operations and integrate and manage the personnel of the acquired operations. We also must effectively integrate the
different cultures of acquired business organizations into our own in a way that aligns various interests, and may need
to enter new markets in which we have no or limited experience and where competitors in such markets have stronger
market positions.  Failures or difficulties in integrating the operations of the businesses that we acquire, including their
personnel,  technology,  compliance  programs,  financial  systems,  distribution  and  general  business  operations  and
procedures, marketing, promotion and other relationships, may affect our ability to grow and may result in us incurring
asset impairment or restructuring charges. Furthermore, acquisitions and investments are often speculative in nature
and the actual benefits we derive from them could be lower or take longer to materialize than we expect.

To the extent we pay the consideration for any future acquisitions or investments in cash, it would reduce the
amount  of  cash  available  to  us  for  other  purposes.  Future  acquisitions  or  investments  could  also  result  in  dilutive
issuances of our equity securities or the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, amortization expenses, or impairment
charges against goodwill on our balance sheet, any of which could harm our financial condition and negatively impact
our stockholders.

Fraudulent and other illegal activity involving our products and services could lead to reputational damage
to  us,  reduce  the  use  and  acceptance  of  our  cards  and  reload  network,  reduce  the  use  of  our  tax  refund
processing services, and may adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.

Criminals are using increasingly sophisticated methods to engage in illegal activities involving prepaid cards, reload
products or customer information. In addition, to the extent our checking account products become widely adopted by
consumers, we expect that criminals will target our checking account products as well. Illegal activities involving our
products and services often include malicious social engineering schemes, where people are asked to provide a prepaid
card  or  reload  product  in  order  to  obtain  a  loan  or  purchase  goods  or  services.  Illegal  activities  may  also  include
fraudulent payment or refund schemes and identity theft. We rely upon third parties for some transaction processing
services, which subjects us and our customers to risks related to the vulnerabilities of those third parties. A single
significant  incident  of  fraud,  or  increases  in  the  overall  level  of  fraud,  involving  our  cards  and  other  products  and
services, could result in reputational damage to us, which could reduce the use and acceptance of our cards and other
products and services, cause retail distributors or network acceptance members to cease doing business with us or
lead to greater regulation that would increase our compliance costs. Fraudulent activity could also result in the imposition
of  regulatory  sanctions,  including  significant  monetary  fines,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  operating
results and financial condition. Furthermore, we have accelerated the implementation of risk control mechanisms that
have made it more difficult for all customers, including legitimate customers, to obtain and use our products and services.
We believe it is likely that our risk control mechanisms may continue to adversely affect our new card activations from
legitimate customers for the foreseeable future and that our operating revenues, excluding stock-based retailer incentive
compensation, will be negatively impacted as a result.

As a bank holding company, we are subject to extensive and potentially changing regulation and may be
required to serve as a source of strength for Green Dot Bank, which may adversely affect our business, financial
position and results of operations.

As a bank holding company, we are subject to comprehensive supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve
Board and must comply with applicable regulations and other commitments we have agreed to, including financial
commitments  in  respect  to  minimum  capital  and  leverage  requirements.  If  we  fail  to  comply  with  any  of  these
requirements, we may become subject to formal or informal enforcement actions, proceedings, or investigations, which
could result in regulatory orders, restrictions on our business operations or requirements to take corrective actions,

15

which may, individually or in the aggregate, affect our results of operations and restrict our ability to grow. If we fail to
comply with the applicable capital and leverage requirements, or if our subsidiary bank fails to comply with its applicable
capital and leverage commitments, the Federal Reserve Board may limit our ability to pay dividends, or if we become
less than adequately capitalized, require us to raise additional capital. In addition, as a bank holding company and a
financial holding company, we are generally prohibited from engaging, directly or indirectly, in any activities other than
those permissible for bank holding companies and financial holding companies. This restriction might limit our ability
to pursue future business opportunities which we might otherwise consider but which might fall outside the scope of
permissible activities.

Moreover, in response to the financial crisis of 2008 and the Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or
the Dodd-Frank Act, banking supervisors in the United States continue to implement a variety of new requirements on
banking entities. Some of these requirements apply or will apply directly to us or to our subsidiary bank, while certain
requirements apply or will apply only to larger institutions. Although we cannot anticipate the final form of many of these
regulations, how they will affect our business or results of operations, or how they will change the competitive landscape
in which we operate, such regulations could have a material adverse impact on our business and financial condition,
particularly if they make it more difficult for us or our retail distributors to sell our card products.

Changes in laws and regulations to which we are subject, or to which we may become subject, may increase

our costs of operation, decrease our operating revenues and disrupt our business.

The provision of banking services, prepaid financial services and tax refund processing services is highly regulated
and, from time to time, the laws and regulations affecting these industries, and the manner in which they are interpreted,
are subject to change and legal action.  Accordingly, changes in laws and regulations or the interpretation or enforcement
thereof may occur that could increase our compliance and other costs of doing business, require significant systems
redevelopment, or render our products or services less profitable or obsolete, any of which could have an adverse
effect  on  our  results  of  operations.  For  example,  we  could  face  more  stringent  anti-money  laundering  rules  and
regulations, as well as more stringent licensing rules and regulations, compliance with which could be expensive and
time consuming.  In addition, adverse rulings relating to our industries could cause our products and services to be
subject to additional laws and regulations, which could make our products and services less profitable.  

If onerous regulatory requirements were imposed on the sale of our products and services and our bank, the
requirements could lead to a loss of retail distributors or tax preparation partners, which, in turn, could materially and
adversely impact our operations. Moreover, if our products are adversely impacted by the interpretation or enforcement
of these regulations or we or any of our retail distributors or tax preparation partners were unwilling or unable to make
any such operational changes to comply with the interpretation or enforcement thereof, we would no longer be able
to sell our products and services through that noncompliant retail distributor or tax preparation partner, which could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

State and federal legislators and regulatory authorities are increasingly focused on the banking and consumer
financial services industries, and may propose and adopt new legislation that could result in significant adverse changes
in the regulatory landscape for financial institutions and financial services companies. In December 2014, the Consumer
Financial  Protection  Bureau,  or  CFPB,  issued  a  notice  of  proposed  rulemaking  requesting  comment  on  proposed
amendments to Regulation E, which implements the Electronic Fund Transfer Act and Regulation Z, which implements
the Truth in Lending Act. The proposed rules seek to, among other things, create comprehensive consumer protections
for prepaid financial products, create a new disclosure regime regarding fees charged for acquiring and using prepaid
cards, and impose new requirements on any credit features associated with prepaid accounts. The CFPB proposed
rules are open for public commentary until March 23, 2015.

  If the CFPB's rulemaking or other new regulations or laws result in changes in the way we are regulated, these
regulations  could  expose  us  to  increased  regulatory  oversight,  more  burdensome  regulation  of  our  business,  and
increased litigation risk, each of which could increase our costs and decrease our operating revenues. Furthermore,
limitations placed on fees we charge or the disclosures that must be provided with respect to our products and services
could  increase  our  costs  and  decrease  our  operating  revenues.  It  is  difficult  to  determine  with  any  certainty  what
obligations the final rules, if any, might impose or what impact they might have on our business.

Changes in laws and regulations, or our failure to comply with existing laws and regulations, applicable
to our tax refund-related services could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of
operations, and financial condition and the return on our investment in the acquisition of TPG.

We expect to derive a significant portion of our revenues and earnings in 2015 from the tax refund processing and
settlement services  offered  by  our  recently  acquired  wholly  owned  subsidiary, TPG.  The  tax  preparation  industry
is regulated under a variety of statutes in addition to those regulations currently applicable to our legacy products and
services, all of which are subject to change and which may impose significant costs, limitations or prohibitions on the

16

way we conduct or expand our tax refund processing and related services.  In recent years, state legislators, state
attorneys  general,  and  regulators  have  increased  their  focus  on  the  tax  preparation  industry  including  tax  refund
processing services and the use thereof by tax preparation firms.  Laws making such services less profitable, or even
unprofitable, could be passed in any state at any time or existing laws could expire or be amended, any of which could
have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, and financial condition.  State regulators
have  broad  discretionary  power  and  may  impose  new  requirements,  interpret  or  enforce  existing  regulatory
requirements in different ways or issue new administrative rules, even if not contained in state statutes, and state
attorneys general could take actions, that affect the way we offer our tax refund-related services and may force us to
terminate, modify, or cease our operations in particular states. State or Federal regulators could also impose rules that
are  generally  adverse  to our  tax  refund-related services. Any  new  requirements  or  rules,  or  new  interpretations  of
existing requirements or rules, or failure to follow requirements or rules, or future lawsuits or rulings, could have a
material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, and financial condition.

We  operate  in  a  highly  regulated  environment,  and  failure  by  us,  the  banks  that  issue  our  cards,  the
businesses that participate in our reload network, the banks that assist with our tax refund processing services,
and our tax preparation partners to comply with applicable laws and regulations could have an adverse effect
on our business, financial position and results of operations.

We operate in a highly regulated environment, and failure by us, the banks that issue our cards or the businesses
that participate in our reload network to comply with the laws and regulations to which we are subject could negatively
impact our business. We are subject to state money transmission licensing requirements and a wide range of federal
and other state laws and regulations. In particular, our products and services are subject to an increasingly strict set
of legal and regulatory requirements intended to protect consumers and to help detect and prevent money laundering,
terrorist financing and other illicit activities.

Many of these laws and regulations are evolving, unclear and inconsistent across various jurisdictions, and ensuring
compliance with them is difficult and costly. For example, with increasing frequency, federal and state regulators are
holding  businesses  like  ours  to  higher  standards  of  training,  monitoring  and  compliance,  including  monitoring  for
possible violations of laws by the businesses that participate in our reload network. Failure by us or those businesses
to comply with the laws and regulations to which we are or may become subject could result in fines, penalties or
limitations on our ability to conduct our business, or federal or state actions, any of which could significantly harm our
reputation  with  consumers  and  other  network  participants,  banks  that  issue  our  cards  and  regulators,  and  could
materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Changes in rules or standards set by the payment networks, such as Visa and MasterCard, or changes in
debit network fees or products or interchange rates, could adversely affect our business, financial position
and results of operations.

We are subject to association rules that could subject us to a variety of fines or penalties that may be levied by
the card associations or networks for acts or omissions by us or businesses that work with us, including card processors,
such as Total System Services, Inc. The termination of the card association registrations held by us or any changes
in card association or other debit network rules or standards, including interpretation and implementation of existing
rules or standards, that increase the cost of doing business or limit our ability to provide our products and services
could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, from time to time,
card associations increase the organization and/or processing fees that they charge, which could increase our operating
expenses, reduce our profit margin and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Furthermore,  a  substantial  portion  of  our  operating  revenues  is  derived  from  interchange  fees.  For  the  year
December 31,  2014,  interchange  revenues  represented  29.6%  of  our  total  operating  revenues,  and  we  expect
interchange revenues to continue to represent a significant percentage of our total operating revenues. The amount
of interchange revenues that we earn is highly dependent on the interchange rates that the payment networks set and
adjust from time to time. 

The enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act required the Federal Reserve Board to implement regulations that have
substantially limited interchange fees for many issuers. While the interchange rates that may be earned by us and our
subsidiary bank are exempt from the limitations imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act, there can be no assurance that future
regulation or changes by the payment networks will not impact our interchange revenues substantially. If interchange
rates decline, whether due to actions by the payment networks or future regulation, we would likely need to change
our fee structure to offset the loss of interchange revenues. However, our ability to make these changes is limited by
the terms of our contracts and other commercial factors, such as price competition. To the extent we increase the
pricing of our products and services, we might find it more difficult to acquire consumers and to maintain or grow card
usage and customer retention, and we could suffer reputational damage and become subject to greater regulatory

17

scrutiny. We also might have to discontinue certain products or services. As a result, our total operating revenues,
operating results, prospects for future growth and overall business could be materially and adversely affected.

Our actual operating results may differ significantly from our guidance.

From time to time, we may issue guidance in our quarterly earnings conference calls, or otherwise, regarding our
future performance that represents our management’s estimates as of the date of release. This guidance, which includes
forward-looking statements, is based on projections prepared by our management. These projections are not prepared
with a view toward compliance with published guidelines of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and
neither our independent registered public accounting firm nor any other independent expert or outside party compiles
or examines the projections. Accordingly, no such person expresses any opinion or any other form of assurance with
respect to those projections.

Projections are based upon a number of assumptions and estimates that, while presented with numerical specificity,
are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of
which are beyond our control, and are based upon specific assumptions with respect to future business decisions,
some of which will change. For example, our recent estimates of the financial impact of the discontinuation of our
MoneyPak PIN product are subject to a variety of assumptions and estimates and are highly uncertain due to our
reliance on our retail distributors to transition our MoneyPak customers to POS swipe reload transactions. While we
have stated and we intend to continue to state possible outcomes as high and low ranges that are intended to provide
a sensitivity analysis as variables are changed, we can provide no assurances that actual results will not fall outside
of the suggested ranges.

The principal reason that we release guidance is to provide a basis for our management to discuss our business
outlook with analysts and investors. We do not accept any responsibility for any projections or reports published by
any of these persons.

Guidance is necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying
the guidance furnished by us will prove to be incorrect or will vary significantly from actual results. For example, on a
number of occasions in 2014, we adjusted our revenue guidance as our assumptions were proven incorrect by our
actual results. Accordingly, our guidance is only an estimate of what management believes is realizable as of the date
of release. Actual results will vary from our guidance and the variations may be material. In light of the foregoing,
investors are urged not to rely upon our guidance in making an investment decision with respect to our Class A common
stock.

Any failure to implement our operating strategy successfully or the occurrence of any of the events or circumstances
set forth in this Item 1A could result in our actual operating results being different from our guidance, and such differences
may be adverse and material.

We receive important services from third-party vendors. Replacing them would be difficult and disruptive

to our business.

Some services relating to our business, including fraud management and other customer verification services,
transaction processing and settlement, card production, and customer service, are outsourced to third-party vendors.
We also depend on third-party banks to assist with our tax refund processing services.  It would be difficult to replace
some of our third-party vendors in a timely manner if they were unwilling or unable to provide us with these services
during the term of their agreements with us and our business and operations could be adversely affected.  In particular,
due to the seasonality in our tax refund processing services business, any material service interruptions or service
delays with key vendors during the tax season could result in losses that have an even greater adverse effect on that
business than would be the case with our overall business.

Our business could suffer if there is a decline in the use of prepaid cards as a payment mechanism or

there are adverse developments with respect to the prepaid financial services industry in general.

As the prepaid financial services industry evolves, consumers may find prepaid financial services to be less attractive
than traditional or other financial services. Consumers might not use prepaid financial services for any number of
reasons, including the general perception of our industry. For example, negative publicity surrounding other prepaid
financial service providers could impact our business and prospects for growth to the extent it adversely impacts the
perception of prepaid financial services among consumers. If consumers do not continue or increase their usage of
prepaid cards, our operating revenues may remain at current levels or decline. Predictions by industry analysts and
others concerning the growth of prepaid financial services as an electronic payment mechanism may overstate the
growth of an industry, segment or category, and you should not rely upon them. The projected growth may not occur
or may occur more slowly than estimated. If consumer acceptance of prepaid financial services does not continue to
develop or develops more slowly than expected or if there is a shift in the mix of payment forms, such as cash, credit

18

cards, traditional debit cards and prepaid cards, away from our products and services, it could have a material adverse
effect on our financial position and results of operations.

A data security breach could expose us to liability and protracted and costly litigation, and could adversely

affect our reputation and operating revenues.

We and our retail distributors, tax preparation partners, network acceptance members, third-party processors and
the  merchants  that  accept  our  cards  receive,  transmit  and  store  confidential  customer  and  other  information  in
connection with the sale and use of our products and services. Our encryption software and the other technologies
we use to provide security for storage, processing and transmission of confidential customer and other information
may not be effective to protect against data security breaches by third parties. The risk of unauthorized circumvention
of our security measures has been heightened by advances in computer capabilities and the increasing sophistication
of hackers. Our retail distributors, tax preparation partners, network acceptance members, third-party processors and
the merchants that accept our cards also may experience similar security breaches involving the receipt, transmission
and storage of our confidential customer and other information. Improper access to our or these third parties’ systems
or databases could result in the theft, publication, deletion or modification of confidential customer and other information.

A data security breach of the systems on which sensitive cardholder or other customer or end-customer data and
account information are stored could lead to fraudulent activity involving our products and services, reputational damage
and claims or regulatory actions against us. If we are sued in connection with any data security breach, we could be
involved in protracted and costly litigation. If unsuccessful in defending that litigation, we might be forced to pay damages
and/or change our business practices or pricing structure, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our
operating revenues and profitability. We would also likely have to pay (or indemnify the banks that issue our cards for)
fines, penalties and/or other assessments imposed by Visa or MasterCard as a result of any data security breach.
Further,  a  significant  data  security  breach  could  lead  to  additional  regulation,  which  could  impose  new  and  costly
compliance obligations. In addition, a data security breach at one of the third-party banks that issue our cards or at
our retail distributors, tax preparation partners, network acceptance members or third-party processors could result in
significant reputational harm to us and cause the use and acceptance of our cards or other products and services to
decline, either of which could have a significant adverse impact on our operating revenues and future growth prospects.
Moreover, it may require substantial financial resources to address and remediate any such breach, which could have
a significant adverse impact on our operating results.

Litigation or investigations could result in significant settlements, fines or penalties.

We are subject to regulatory oversight in the normal course of our business, and have been and from time to time
may be subject to regulatory or judicial proceedings or investigations.  The outcome of securities class actions and
other  litigation  and  regulatory  or  judicial  proceedings  or  investigations  is  difficult  to  predict.  Plaintiffs  or  regulatory
agencies or authorities in these matters may seek recovery of very large or indeterminate amounts, seek to have
aspects of our business suspended or modified or seek to impose sanctions, including significant monetary fines. The
monetary  and  other  impact  of  these  actions,  litigations,  proceedings  or  investigations  may  remain  unknown  for
substantial periods of time. The cost to defend, settle or otherwise resolve these matters may be significant. Further,
an unfavorable resolution of litigation, proceedings or investigations against us could have a material adverse effect
on our business, operating results, or financial condition. In this regard, such costs could make it more difficult to
maintain the capital, leverage and other financial commitments at levels we have agreed to with the Federal Reserve
Board and the Utah Department of Financial Institutions.  If regulatory or judicial proceedings or investigations were
to be initiated against us by private or governmental entities, adverse publicity that may be associated with these
proceedings or investigations could negatively impact our relationships with retail distributors, tax preparation partners,
network acceptance members and card processors and decrease acceptance and use of, and loyalty to, our products
and  related  services,  and  could  impact  the  price  of  our  Class A  common  stock.  In  addition,  such  proceedings  or
investigations could increase the risk that we will be involved in litigation. The outcome of any such litigation is difficult
to predict and the cost to defend, settle or otherwise resolve these matters may be significant. For the foregoing reasons,
if regulatory or judicial proceedings or investigations were to be initiated against us by private or governmental entities,
our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected or our stock price could decline.

We must adequately protect our brand and our intellectual property rights related to our products and

services and avoid infringing on the proprietary rights of others.

The Green Dot, GoBank and TPG brands are important to our business, and we utilize trademark registrations
and other means to protect them. Our business would be harmed if we were unable to protect our brand against
infringement and its value was to decrease as a result.

We rely on a combination of patent, trademark and copyright laws, trade secret protection and confidentiality and
license agreements to protect the intellectual property rights related to our products and services. We currently have

19

seven patents outstanding and three patents pending. Although we generally seek patent protection for inventions and
improvements that we anticipate will be incorporated into our products and services, there is always a chance that our
patents  or  patent  applications  could  be  challenged,  invalidated  or  circumvented,  or  that  an  issued  patent  will  not
adequately cover the scope of our inventions or improvements incorporated into our products or services. Additionally,
our patents could be circumvented by third-parties.

Recent and proposed changes to U.S. patent laws and rules may also affect our ability to protect and enforce our
intellectual property rights. For example, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act transitions the manner in which patents
are issued and changes the way in which issued patents are challenged. The long-term impact of these changes are
unknown, but this law could cause a certain degree of uncertainty surrounding the enforcement and defense of our
issued patents, as well as greater costs concerning new and existing patent applications.

We may unknowingly violate the intellectual property or other proprietary rights of others and, thus, may be subject
to claims by third parties. These assertions may increase over time as a result of our growth and the general increase
in the pace of patent claims assertions, particularly in the United States. Because of the existence of a large number
of patents in the mobile technology field, the secrecy of some pending patents, and the rapid rate of issuance of new
patents,  it  is  not  economically  practical  or  even  possible  to  determine  in  advance  whether  a  product  or  any  of  its
elements infringes or will infringe on the patent rights of others. Regardless of the merit of these claims, we may be
required to devote significant time and resources to defending against these claims or to protecting and enforcing our
own rights. We might also be required to develop a non-infringing technology or enter into license agreements and
there can be no assurance that licenses will be available on acceptable terms and conditions, if at all. Some of our
intellectual property rights may not be protected by intellectual property laws, particularly in foreign jurisdictions. The
loss of our intellectual property or the inability to secure or enforce our intellectual property rights or to defend successfully
against an infringement action could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We are exposed to losses from customer accounts.

Fraudulent activity involving our products may lead to customer disputed transactions, for which we may be liable
under  banking  regulations  and  payment  network  rules.  Our  fraud  detection  and  risk  control  mechanisms  may  not
prevent all fraudulent or illegal activity. To the extent we incur losses from disputed transactions, our business, results
of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

Additionally, our cardholders can incur charges in excess of the funds available in their accounts, and we may
become liable for these overdrafts. While we decline authorization attempts for amounts that exceed the available
balance in a cardholder’s account, the application of card association rules, the timing of the settlement of transactions
and the assessment of the card’s monthly maintenance fee, among other things, can result in overdrawn accounts.

Maintenance fee assessment overdrafts occur as a result of our charging a cardholder, pursuant to the card’s
terms and conditions, the monthly maintenance fee at a time when he or she does not have sufficient funds in his or
her account. Our remaining overdraft exposure arises primarily from late-posting. A late-post occurs when a merchant
posts a transaction within a payment network-permitted timeframe but subsequent to our release of the authorization
for that transaction, as permitted by card association rules. Under card association rules, we may be liable for the
amount of the transaction even if the cardholder has made additional purchases in the intervening period and funds
are no longer available on the card at the time the transaction is posted.

We consider overdrawn account balances to be our receivables due from cardholders. We maintain reserves to
cover the risk that we may not recover these receivables due from our cardholders, but our exposure may increase
above these reserves for a variety of reasons, including our failure to predict the actual recovery rate accurately. To
the extent we incur losses from overdrafts above our reserves or we determine that it is necessary to increase our
reserves substantially, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely
affected.

An impairment charge of goodwill or other intangibles could have a material adverse impact on our financial

condition and results of operations.

Because we have grown in part through acquisitions, our net goodwill and intangible assets represent a significant
portion of our consolidated assets. Our net goodwill and intangible assets were $417.2 million as of December 31,
2014. Under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP, we are required to test the
carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets at least annually or sooner if events occur that indicate impairment
could exist. These events or circumstances could include a significant change in the business climate, including a
significant  sustained  decline  in  a  reporting  unit’s  fair  value,  legal  and  regulatory  factors,  operating  performance
indicators, competition and other factors.  

20

U.S. GAAP requires us to assign and then test goodwill at the reporting unit level.  If over a sustained period of
time we experience a decrease in our stock price and market capitalization, which may serve as an estimate of the
fair value of our reporting unit, this may be an indication of impairment.  If the fair value of our reporting unit is less
than its net book value, we may be required to record goodwill impairment charges in the future.  In addition, if the
revenue and cash flows generated from any of our other intangible assets is not sufficient to support its net book value,
we may be required to record an impairment charge.  The amount of any impairment charge could be significant and
could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations for the period in which the
charge is taken.

If we are unable to keep pace with the rapid technological developments in our industry and the larger
electronic  payments  industry  necessary  to  continue  providing  our  network  acceptance  members  and
cardholders with new and innovative products and services, the use of our cards and other products and
services could decline.

The electronic payments industry is subject to rapid and significant technological changes, including continuing
advancements in the areas of radio frequency and proximity payment devices (such as contactless cards), e-commerce
and mobile commerce, among others. We cannot predict the effect of technological changes on our business. We rely
in part on third parties, including some of our competitors and potential competitors, for the development of, and access
to, new technologies. We expect that new services and technologies applicable to our industry will continue to emerge,
and these new services and technologies may be superior to, or render obsolete, the technologies we currently utilize
in  our  products  and  services. Additionally,  we  may  make  future  investments  in,  or  enter  into  strategic  alliances  to
develop,  new  technologies  and  services  or  to  implement  infrastructure  change  to  further  our  strategic  objectives,
strengthen our existing businesses and remain competitive. However, our ability to transition to new services and
technologies  that  we  develop  may  be  inhibited  by  a  lack  of  industry-wide  standards,  by  resistance  from  our  retail
distributors, network acceptance members, third-party processors or consumers to these changes, or by the intellectual
property rights of third parties. Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to develop new technologies and
adapt to technological changes and evolving industry standards. These initiatives are inherently risky, and they may
not be successful or may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We face settlement risks from our retail distributors, which may increase during an economic downturn.

The vast majority of our business is conducted through retail distributors that sell our products and services to
consumers at their store locations. Our retail distributors collect funds from the consumers who purchase our products
and services and then must remit these funds directly to accounts established for the benefit of these consumers at
the banks that issue our cards. The remittance of these funds by the retail distributor takes on average two business
days. If a retail distributor becomes insolvent, files for bankruptcy, commits fraud or otherwise fails to remit proceeds
to  our  card  issuing  bank  from  the  sales  of  our  products  and  services,  we  are  liable  for  any  amounts  owed  to  our
customers. As of December 31, 2014, we had assets subject to settlement risk of $148.7 million. Given the possibility
of recurring volatility in global financial markets, the approaches we use to assess and monitor the creditworthiness
of our retail distributors may be inadequate, and we may be unable to detect and take steps to mitigate an increased
credit risk in a timely manner.

Economic downturns could result in settlement losses, whether or not directly related to our business. We are not
insured against these risks. Significant settlement losses could have a material adverse effect on our business, results
of operations and financial condition.

Economic, political and other conditions may adversely affect trends in consumer spending.

The electronic payments industry, including the prepaid financial services segment within that industry, depends
heavily upon the overall level of consumer spending. If the recovery of the U.S. economy slows or conditions in the
United States become uncertain or deteriorate, we may experience a reduction in the number of our cards that are
purchased or reloaded, the number of transactions involving our cards and the use of our reload network and related
services. A sustained reduction in the use of our products and related services, either as a result of a general reduction
in consumer spending or as a result of a disproportionate reduction in the use of card-based payment systems, would
materially harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our business is dependent on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of computer network systems and

data centers.

Our ability to provide reliable service to customers and other network participants depends on the efficient and
uninterrupted operation of our computer network systems and data centers as well as those of our retail distributors,
network acceptance members and third-party processors. Our business involves movement of large sums of money,
processing of large numbers of transactions and management of the data necessary to do both. Our success in our

21

branded and private label account programs, as well as our processing and settlement services, depends upon the
efficient and error-free handling of the money that is a) collected by our retail distributors and remitted to network
acceptance members or the banks that issue our cards and b) remitted from the IRS to taxpayers, tax refund preparation
partners and the third party processors. We rely on the ability of our employees, systems and processes and those of
the banks that issue our cards, our retail distributors, tax refund preparation partners, our network acceptance members
and  third-party  processors  to  process  and  facilitate  these  transactions  in  an  efficient,  uninterrupted  and  error-free
manner. Their failure to do so could materially and adversely impact our operating revenues and results of operations,
particularly during the tax season, when we derive substantially all of operating revenues for our tax refund processing
services and a significant portion of our other operating revenues.  

In the event of a breakdown, a catastrophic event (such as fire, natural disaster, power loss, telecommunications
failure or physical break-in), a security breach or malicious attack, an improper operation or any other event impacting
our systems or processes, or those of our vendors, or an improper action by our employees, agents or third-party
vendors, we could suffer financial loss, loss of customers, regulatory sanctions and damage to our reputation. The
measures we have taken, including the implementation of disaster recovery plans and redundant computer systems,
may not be successful, and we may experience other problems unrelated to system failures. We may also experience
software defects, development delays and installation difficulties, any of which could harm our business and reputation
and expose us to potential liability and increased operating expenses. Some of our contracts with retail distributors,
including our contract with Walmart, contain service level standards pertaining to the operation of our systems, and
provide the retail distributor with the right to collect damages and potentially to terminate its contract with us for system
downtime exceeding stated limits. If we face system interruptions or failures, our business interruption insurance may
not be adequate to cover the losses or damages that we incur.

We must be able to operate and scale our technology effectively to manage any future growth.

Our ability to continue to provide our products and services to network participants, as well as to enhance our
existing  products  and  services  and  offer  new  products  and  services,  is  dependent  on  our  information  technology
systems. If we are unable to manage the technology associated with our business effectively, we could experience
increased costs, reductions in system availability and losses of our network participants. Any failure of our systems in
scalability and functionality would adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our future success depends on our ability to attract, integrate, retain and incentivize key personnel.

Our future success will depend, to a significant extent, on our ability to attract, integrate, retain and recognize key
personnel, namely our management team and experienced sales, marketing and program and technology development
personnel. Replacing departing key personnel can involve organizational disruption and uncertainty. We must retain
and  motivate  existing  personnel,  and  we  must  also  attract,  assimilate  and  motivate  additional  highly-qualified
employees. We may experience difficulty in managing transitions and assimilating our newly-hired personnel, which
may  adversely  affect  our  business.  Competition  for  qualified  management,  sales,  marketing  and  program  and
technology development personnel can be intense. Competitors have in the past and may in the future attempt to
recruit our top management and employees. If we fail to attract, integrate, retain and incentivize key personnel, our
ability to manage and grow our business could be harmed.

We might require additional capital to support our business in the future, and this capital might not be

available on acceptable terms, or at all.

If our unrestricted cash and cash equivalents balances and any cash generated from operations are not sufficient
to meet our future cash requirements, we will need to access additional capital to fund our operations. We may also
need to raise additional capital to take advantage of new business or acquisition opportunities. We may seek to raise
capital by, among other things:

•

•

•

issuing additional shares of our Class A common stock or other equity securities;

issuing debt securities; and

borrowing funds under a credit facility.

We may not be able to raise needed cash in a timely basis on terms acceptable to us or at all. Financings, if
available, may be on terms that are dilutive or potentially dilutive to our stockholders. The holders of new securities
may also receive rights, preferences or privileges that are senior to those of existing holders of our Class A common
stock. In addition, if we were to raise cash through a debt financing, the terms of the financing might impose additional
conditions or restrictions on our operations that could adversely affect our business. If we require new sources of
financing but they are insufficient or unavailable, we would be required to modify our operating plans to take into account
the limitations of available funding, which would harm our ability to maintain or grow our business.

22

The occurrence of catastrophic events could damage our facilities or the facilities of third parties on which

we depend, which could force us to curtail our operations.

We  and  some  of  the  third-party  service  providers  on  which  we  depend  for  various  support  functions,  such  as
customer service and card processing, are vulnerable to damage from catastrophic events, such as power loss, natural
disasters, terrorism and similar unforeseen events beyond our control. Our principal offices, for example, are situated
in the foothills of southern California near known earthquake fault zones and areas of elevated wild fire danger. If any
catastrophic event were to occur, our ability to operate our business could be seriously impaired. In addition, we might
not  have  adequate  insurance  to  cover  our  losses  resulting  from  catastrophic  events  or  other  significant  business
interruptions. Any significant losses that are not recoverable under our insurance policies, as well as the damage to,
or interruption of, our infrastructure and processes, could seriously impair our business and financial condition.

If  we  fail  to  maintain  proper  and  effective  internal  controls,  our  ability  to  produce  accurate  financial
statements on a timely basis could be impaired, which could result in a loss of investor confidence in our
financial reports and have an adverse effect on our stock price.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting
to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. If we are unable to maintain adequate internal control
over financial reporting, we might be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis and might suffer adverse
regulatory consequences or violate NYSE listing standards. There could also be a negative reaction in the financial
markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements. We have in the past
and  may  in  the  future  discover  areas  of  our  internal  financial  and  accounting  controls  and  procedures  that  need
improvement. Our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all error and all fraud. A control
system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the
objectives of the control system will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation
of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our company
will be detected. If we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce
accurate financial statements on a timely basis, which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and
could result in regulatory action, and could require us to restate, our financial statements. Any such restatement could
result in a loss of public confidence in the reliability of our financial statements and sanctions imposed on us by the
SEC.

Changes in accounting standards or inaccurate estimates or assumptions in the application of accounting

policies could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and
results of operations. Some of these policies require use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the reported
value of our assets or liabilities and results of operations and are critical because they require management to make
difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain. If those assumptions, estimates
or judgments were incorrectly made, we could be required to correct and restate prior period financial statements.
Accounting  standard-setters  and  those  who  interpret  the  accounting  standards  (such  as  the  Financial Accounting
Standards Board, the SEC, banking regulators and our independent registered public accounting firm) may also amend
or even reverse their previous interpretations or positions on how various standards should be applied. These changes
can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of
operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the need
to revise and republish prior period financial statements.

Our debt agreements contain restrictive covenants and financial ratio tests that restrict or prohibit our
ability to engage in or enter into a variety of transactions. If we fail to comply with these covenants or tests,
our indebtedness under these agreements could become accelerated, which could adversely affect us.

In  October  2014  we  entered  into  a  $225.0  million  term  credit  agreement  with  Bank  of America,  N.A.,  as  an
administrative agent, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, and other lenders. This agreement contains various
covenants that may have the effect of limiting, among other things, our ability and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries
to: merge with other entities, enter into a transaction resulting in a change in control, create new liens, incur additional
indebtedness, sell assets outside of the ordinary course of business, enter into transactions with affiliates (other than
subsidiaries) or substantially change the general nature of our and our subsidiaries’ business, taken as a whole, make
certain investments, enter into restrictive agreements, or make certain dividends or other distributions. These restrictions
could limit our ability to take advantage of financing, merger, acquisition or other opportunities, to fund our business
operations or to fully implement our current and future operating strategies.

23

Under the agreement, we have agreed to maintain compliance with a maximum consolidated leverage ratio and
a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.75 and 1.25, respectively, at the end of any fiscal quarter.
Our ability to meet these financial ratios and tests will be dependent upon our future performance and may be affected
by events beyond our control (including factors discussed in this “Risk Factors" section). If we fail to satisfy these
requirements, our indebtedness under these agreements could become accelerated and payable at a time when we
are unable to pay them. This would adversely affect our ability to implement our operating strategies and would have
a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock

The price of our Class A common stock may be volatile.

In the recent past, stocks generally, and financial services company stocks in particular, have experienced high
levels of volatility. The trading price of our Class A common stock has been highly volatile since our initial public offering
and may continue to be subject to wide fluctuations. The trading price of our Class A common stock depends on a
number of factors, including those described in this “Risk Factors” section, many of which are beyond our control and
may not be related to our operating performance. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our
Class A common stock include the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

significant volatility in the market prices and trading volumes of financial services company stocks;

actual or anticipated changes in our results of operations or fluctuations in our operating results;

actual or anticipated changes in the expectations of investors or the recommendations of any securities analysts
who follow our Class A common stock;

actual or anticipated developments in our business or our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape
generally;

the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the SEC;

litigation and investigations or proceedings involving us, our industry or both or investigations by regulators
into our operations or those of our competitors;

new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;

general economic conditions; 

changes to the indices in which our Class A common stock is included; and

sales of shares of our Class A common stock by us or our stockholders.

In the past, many companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have become subject
to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against
us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could
seriously harm our business.

Our charter documents, Delaware law and our status as bank holding company could discourage, delay
or prevent a takeover that stockholders consider favorable and could also reduce the market price of our
stock.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of
our company. These provisions could also make it more difficult for stockholders to nominate directors for election to
our board of directors and take other corporate actions. These provisions, among other things:

•

•

•

•

provide for non-cumulative voting in the election of directors;

provide for a classified board of directors;

authorize our board of directors, without stockholder approval, to issue preferred stock with terms determined
by our board of directors and to issue additional shares of our Class A common stock;

limit the voting power of a holder, or group of affiliated holders, of more than 24.9% of our common stock to
14.9%;

24

•

•

•

provide that only our board of directors may set the number of directors constituting our board of directors or
fill vacant directorships;

prohibit stockholder action by written consent and limit who may call a special meeting of stockholders; and

require advance notification of stockholder nominations for election to our board of directors and of stockholder
proposals.

These and other provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions under Delaware
law, could discourage potential takeover attempts, reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future
for shares of our Class A common stock and result in the trading price of our Class A common stock being lower than
it otherwise would be.

In  addition  to  the  foregoing,  under  the  BHC  Act  and  the  Change  in  Bank  Control  Act,  and  their  respective
implementing regulations, Federal Reserve Board approval is necessary prior to any person or company acquiring
control of a bank or bank holding company, subject to certain exceptions. Control, among other considerations, exists
if an individual or company acquires 25% or more of any class of voting securities, and may be presumed to exist if a
person acquires 10% or more of any class of voting securities. These restrictions could affect the willingness or ability
of a third party to acquire control of us for so long as we are a bank holding company.

If securities analysts do not continue to publish research or reports about our business or if they publish
negative evaluations of our Class A common stock, the trading price of our Class A common stock could
decline.

We expect that the trading price for our Class A common stock will be affected by any research or reports that
securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who currently cover us or our
business downgrade their evaluations of our Class A common stock, the price of our Class A common stock would
likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market
for our Class A common stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

25

ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable

ITEM 2. Properties

Our headquarters is located in Pasadena, California where we lease approximately 140,000 square feet. We own
the  real  property  where  our  subsidiary  bank's  only  office  is  located  in  Provo,  Utah.  Through  our  wholly  owned
subsidiaries, we lease office facilities in Birmingham, Alabama; San Diego, California; San Ramon, California; Austin,
Texas; and Shanghai, China.  We also lease additional technology development and sale and support offices in Tampa,
Florida; Bentonville, Arkansas; Palo Alto, California; and Westlake Village, California. We believe that our existing and
planned facilities are adequate to support our existing operations and that, as needed, we will be able to obtain suitable
additional facilities on commercially reasonable terms.

ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings

None.

ITEM 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

26

PART II

ITEM 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities

Market Information

Our Class A common stock has been listed on the NYSE under the symbol “GDOT” since July 22, 2010. Prior to
that date, there was no public trading market for our Class A common stock. Our initial public offering was priced at
$36.00 per share on July 21, 2010. The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low sales prices
per share of our Class A common stock as reported on the NYSE. 

Year ended December 31, 2014

Fourth Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

19.76

$

Third Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Second Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

First Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

16.57

16.53

19.22

Low

High

Year ended December 31, 2013

Fourth Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

19.70

$

Third Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Second Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

First Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

18.57

15.21

12.31

24.47

23.52

20.32

26.87

26.61

26.59

19.99

17.24

Holders of Record

As  of  January 31,  2015,  we  had  150  holders  of  record  of  our  Class A  common  stock.  The  actual  number  of
stockholders is greater than this number of record holders, and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners, but
whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not
include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not currently intend to pay
any cash dividends on our Class A common stock for the foreseeable future. As a bank holding company, the Federal
Reserve Board’s risk-based and leverage capital requirements, as well as other federal laws applicable to banks and
bank holding companies, could limit our ability to pay dividends. We expect to retain future earnings, if any, to fund
the development and future growth of our business. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends on our Class A common
stock is limited by restrictions on our ability to pay dividends or make distributions under the terms of our existing credit
facility.  Any future determination to pay dividends on our Class A common stock, if permissible, will be at the discretion
of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other factors, our financial condition, operating results, current
and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

The information required to be disclosed by paragraph (a) of Item 5 to Form 10-K has been included in a current

report on Form 8-K and, therefore, is not furnished herein, pursuant to the last sentence in that paragraph.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

Stock Performance Graph

This performance graph shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise
subject to the liabilities under that section and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing of
Green Dot Corporation under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

The graph and table below compare the cumulative total stockholder return of Green Dot Corporation Class A
common stock, the Russell 2000 Index, the S&P Small Cap 600 Index and the S&P 500 Financials Index for the period
beginning on the close of trading on the NYSE on July 22, 2010 (the date our Class A common stock began trading
on the NYSE), and ending on the close of trading on the NYSE on December 31, 2014. The graph assumes a $100
investment in our Class A common stock and each of the indices, and the reinvestment of dividends. 

27

The comparisons in the graph and table below are based on historical data and are not intended to forecast the

possible future performance of our Class A common stock.

Total Return to Shareholders
(Includes reinvestment of dividends)

Company/
Index

Green Dot
Corporation

Russell 2000

S&P Smallcap
600

S&P
Financials

$

$

$

$

Base
Period
7/22/10

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

Q3 Q4

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4

Index Returns for the Months Ending

100

$110 $129

$ 98 $ 77 $ 71 $ 71

$ 60 $ 50 $ 28 $ 28

$ 38 $ 45 $ 60 $ 57

$ 44 $ 43 $ 48 $ 47

100

111

129

140 137 107 124

139 135 142 144

162 167 184 200

202 207 191 210

100

110

127

137 137 110

129

144 139 146 150

167 174 193 212

214 218 204 224

100

$104 $116

$120 $113 $ 87 $ 97

$118 $110 $117 $124

$139 $149 $153 $169

$173 $177 $181 $194

28

ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data

The following tables present selected historical financial data for our business. You should read this information
together with Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this report. The selected consolidated financial data in this
section is not intended to replace the financial statements and is qualified in its entirety by the consolidated financial
statements and related notes.

We derived the statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively,
and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014, and 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements
included in Item 8 of this report. We derived the statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011
and 2010, and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, from our audited consolidated financial
statements not included in this report. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results to be expected
in any future period.

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

(In thousands, except per share data)

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

Operating revenues:

Card revenues and other fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

253,155

$

227,227

$

224,745

$

209,489

$

167,375

Cash transfer revenues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interchange revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

179,289

178,040

183,359

171,757

165,232

164,559

Stock-based retailer incentive compensation(1) . . . . . . . . . . . .

(8,932)

(8,722)

(8,251)

Total operating revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

601,552

573,621

546,285

Operating expenses: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sales and marketing expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Compensation and benefits expenses(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Processing expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other general and administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total operating expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operating income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income tax expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

235,227

123,083

79,053

105,200

542,563

58,989

4,064

(1,276)

7,129

68,906

26,213

42,693

218,370

127,287

89,856

88,976

209,870

114,930

77,445

71,900

524,489

474,145

49,132

3,440

(72)

—

52,500

18,460

34,040

72,140

4,074

(76)

—

76,138

28,919

47,219

134,143

141,103

(17,337)

467,398

101,502

108,380

(13,369)

363,888

168,747

122,890

87,671

70,953

56,578

383,949

83,449

910

(346)

—

84,013

31,930

52,083

70,102

56,978

44,599

294,569

69,319

365

(52)

—

69,632

27,400

42,232

Dividends, accretion and allocated earnings of preferred stock .

(4,842)

(5,360)

(7,599)

(554)

(14,659)

Net income allocated to common stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

37,851

$

28,680

$

39,620

$

51,529

$

27,573

Basic earnings per common share:

Class A common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

0.92

$

0.78

$

1.11

$

1.24

$

1.06

Basic weighted-average common shares issued and
outstanding:

Class A common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40,907

35,875

34,499

39,956

24,569

Diluted earnings per common share:

Class A common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

0.90

$

0.76

$

1.07

$

1.19

$

0.98

Diluted weighted-average common shares issued and
outstanding:

Class A common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

41,770

37,156

35,933

42,065

27,782

For the periods presented above, as applicable, we grouped the components of Class B common stock basic
earnings per common share, or EPS, and diluted EPS with Class A common stock, as if they were one class, to conform
to the current period presentation. 

29

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

As of December 31,

(In thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

728,805

$

426,591

$

297,225

$

238,359

$

172,638

Investment securities, available-for-sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Settlement assets(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loans to bank customers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

120,431

148,694

6,550

Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,623,640

Deposits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

565,401

Obligations to customers(4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Settlement obligations(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total stockholders' equity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

98,052

4,484

127,500

994,650

628,990

198,744

183,787

37,004

6,902

875,474

219,580

65,449

4,839

—

473,225

402,249

36,127

7,552

725,728

198,451

46,156

3,639

—

397,964

327,764

31,210

27,355

10,036

425,859

38,957

—

27,355

—

172,663

253,196

—

19,968

—

285,758

—

—

19,968

—

120,627

165,131

___________

(1) Represents the recorded fair value of the shares for which our right to repurchase lapsed during the specified period pursuant
to  the  terms  of  the  agreement  under  which  we  issued  2,208,552  shares  of  our  Class A  common  stock  to  Walmart.  See
“Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key components of our results
of operations — Operating revenues — Stock-based retailer incentive compensation” for more information. 

(2)

(3)

Includes stock-based compensation expense of $20.3 million, $14.7 million, $12.7 million, $9.5 million, and $7.3 million for the
years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

Includes $4.2 million, $3.0 million, $0.6 million, $12.9 million, and $5.1 million of restricted cash as of December 31, 2014,
2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. Also includes $0.5 million, $0.1 million, $3.0 million and $2.4 million of federal funds
sold as of December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. We had no federal funds sold prior to 2011.

(4) Our retail distributors collect customer funds for purchases of new cards and reloads at the point of sale and then remit these
funds directly to bank accounts established for the benefit of these customers by the banks that issue our cards. During the
third quarter of 2012, our retail distributors began remitting these funds to our subsidiary bank as we transitioned our card
issuing program with Synovus Bank to our subsidiary bank. During the first quarter of 2014, we transitioned our card issuing
program with GE Capital Bank to our subsidiary bank. Our retail distributors’ remittance of these funds takes an average of
two business days. Settlement assets represent the amounts due from our retail distributors for customer funds collected at
the point of sale that have not yet been received by our subsidiary bank. Obligations to customers represents customer funds
collected from or to be remitted by our retail distributors for which the underlying products have not been activated. Settlement
obligations represent the customer funds received by our subsidiary bank that are due to third-party card issuing banks upon
activation.

30

ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations, contains forward-looking statements regarding future events and our future results that are
subject to the safe harbors created under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the
“Exchange Act”). All statements other than statements of historical facts are statements that could be deemed to be
forward-looking statements. These statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections
about the industries in which we operate and the beliefs and assumptions of our management. Words such as “expects,”
“anticipates,” “targets,” “goals,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “continues,” “endeavors,”
“strives,” “may” and “assumes,” variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-
looking  statements.  In  addition,  any  statements  that  refer  to  projections  of  our  future  financial  performance,  our
anticipated growth and trends in our businesses, and other characterizations of future events or circumstances are
forward-looking  statements.  Readers  are  cautioned  that  these  forward-looking  statements  are  subject  to  risks,
uncertainties, and assumptions that are difficult to predict, including those identified below, under “Part I, Item 1A. Risk
Factors,” and elsewhere herein. Therefore, actual results may differ materially and adversely from those expressed in
any forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements for
any reason.

In this Annual Report, unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, “Green Dot,” “we,” “us,” and

“our” refer to Green Dot Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Overview

Green  Dot  Corporation,  along  with  its  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  Green  Dot  Bank,  is  a  pro-consumer  financial
technology  innovator  with  a  mission  to  reinvent  personal  banking  for  the  masses.  We  are  the  largest  provider  of
reloadable prepaid debit cards and cash reload processing services in the United States. We are also a leader in
mobile technology and mobile banking with our award-winning GoBank mobile checking account. Through our wholly
owned subsidiary, TPG, we are additionally the largest processor of tax refund disbursements in the U.S. Our products
and services are available to consumers through a large-scale "branchless bank" distribution network of more than
100,000 U.S. retail locations, thousands of neighborhood financial service center locations, online, in the leading app
stores and through approximately 25,000 tax preparation offices and leading online tax preparation providers.

Financial Results and Trends

Total operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 were $601.6 million, compared to $573.6 million
for the year ended December 31, 2013. Total operating revenues were favorably impacted by increases in card revenues
and other fees and interchange revenues. Card revenues and other fees increased primarily due to higher volume of
monthly maintenance fees, transaction-based fees and new card fees. Interchange revenues increased primarily due
to period-over-period growth in purchase volume, as described below.  The increase in total operating revenues was
partially offset by a decrease in cash transfer revenues primarily due to period-over-period growth in the number of
fee-free cash transfers.

We expect our revenues in 2015 to be positively impacted by our revenues generated from our tax refund processing
services as a result of our October 2014 acquisition of TPG, as well as from sales of prepaid cards under programs
acquired through our recent acquisitions of companies focused on online and direct to consumer marketing channels.
Our revenues will also be positively impacted since we will no longer recognize any stock-based retailer incentive
compensation after May 2015. We expect two factors to partially offset these positive factors. As previously announced,
our MoneyPak PIN product will be discontinued by the end of the first quarter of 2015. As a result, we expect our cash
transfer  revenues  to  decline  on  a  year-over-year  basis  in  absolute  dollars  and  as  a  percentage  of  total  operating
revenues. We anticipate that the loss in cash transfer revenue will be greater in the first half of 2015, as our customers
and retail distributors transition from MoneyPak to our POS swipe reload product.

Additionally, we experienced a decline in revenue associated with the Walmart MoneyCard program in 2014 due
primarily to lower fee products we introduced and a slight decline in the number of active cards. Accordingly, unless
we are able to increase overall program revenue through higher unit economics per card, or through an increase of
active cards, or a combination of both, we expect our 2015 revenues from this program to decline on a year-over-year
basis due primarily to the continual impact of lower fee cards comprising a larger portion of our overall active card
portfolio.

Total operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014 were $542.6 million, compared to $524.5 million
for the year ended December 31, 2013. Total operating expenses were adversely impacted by increases in sales and
marketing expenses and other general and administrative expenses and partially offset by reductions in compensation
and benefits expenses and processing expenses. Sales and marketing expenses increased due to an increase in

31

variable costs, primarily sales commissions and costs associated with manufacturing and distributing card packages,
partially offset by declines in advertising costs. While commissions rates paid to our retail distributors and the cost of
manufacturing and distributing card packages remained consistent with the prior year, the increase in these variable
costs  was  driven  by  period-over-period  growth  in  units  sales  of  our  products  and  services.  Other  general  and
administrative  expenses  increased  primarily  due  to  increases  in  depreciation  and  amortization  of  property  and
equipment,  amortization  of  acquired  intangible  assets,  losses  from  customer  disputes,  and  professional  services.
Compensation  and  benefits  expenses  decreased  primarily  due  to  an  increase  to  our  overall  capitalization  rate
associated with internally-developed software, a decline in retention-based incentives associated with our acquisition
of Loopt, and a decrease in third-party contractor expenses, partially offset by an increase in employee stock-based
compensation. Processing expense decreased primarily due to a reduction in fees paid to third-party issuing banks
as our subsidiary bank now serves as the issuing bank for our account products.

For 2015, we expect our total operating expenses to increase as a result of increased headcount and facilities
costs associated with our acquisitions in the fourth quarter of 2014 and first quarter of 2015.  We also expect to incur
additional processing expenses in 2015 related to our planned processor migration. The migration requires us to run
parallel processors for a period of time as we gradually migrate our portfolios onto the new platform.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded $7.1 million related to net cash proceeds received in
connection with the settlement of a lawsuit and a change in the fair value of contingent consideration. We recorded
this settlement, net of the reimbursement of legal and other costs incurred in connection with the litigation, and the
change in fair value, as other income on our consolidated statements of operations. We do not expect a similar benefit
in 2015.

Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $26.2 million, compared to $18.5 million for the
year ended December 31, 2013. Income tax expense increased primarily as a result of generating higher taxable
income and a higher effective tax rate. 

Key Metrics

We review a number of metrics to help us monitor the performance of, and identify trends affecting, our business.
We believe the following measures are the primary indicators of our quarterly and annual revenues from our prepaid
financial services.

Number of Cash Transfers — represents the total number of reload transactions that we conducted through our
retail distributors in a specified period. We sold 46.59 million, 45.44 million, and 41.79 million reload transactions for
the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

Number of Active Cards — represents the total number of GPR cards in our portfolio that had a purchase, reload
or ATM withdrawal transaction during the previous 90-day period. We had 4.70 million, 4.49 million, and 4.37 million
active cards outstanding as of December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

Gross Dollar Volume — represents the total dollar volume of funds loaded to our GPR card and reload products.
Our gross dollar volume was $19.3 billion, $18.3 billion, and $17.2 billion for the years ended December 31, 2014,
2013, and 2012 respectively. We review this metric as a measure of total customer adoption and traction for our products
and services. 

Purchase Volume — represents the total dollar volume of purchase transactions made by customers using our
GPR and gift card products. This metric excludes the dollar volume of ATM withdrawals. Our purchase volume was
$14.2 billion, $13.4 billion, and $12.6 billion for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 respectively. We
use this metric to analyze interchange revenue, which is a key component of our financial performance.

Key components of our results of operations

Operating Revenues

We classify our operating revenues into the following four categories:

Card Revenues and Other Fees — Card revenues consist of monthly maintenance fees, ATM fees, new card fees
and  other  revenues.  We  charge  maintenance  fees  on  GPR  cards  and  checking  accounts,  such  as  GoBank,  to
cardholders on a monthly basis pursuant to the terms and conditions in our cardholder agreements. We charge ATM
fees to cardholders when they withdraw money at certain ATMs in accordance with the terms and conditions in our
cardholder agreements. We charge new card fees, if applicable, when a consumer purchases a GPR card, gift card,
or a checking account product. Other revenues consist primarily of revenue associated with our gift card program,
transaction-based fees and fees associated with optional products or services, which we offer to cardholders from time
to time. 

32

Our aggregate monthly maintenance fee revenues vary primarily based upon the number of active cards in our
portfolio and the average fee assessed per account. Our average monthly maintenance fee per active account depends
upon the mix of products in our portfolio at any given point in time and upon the extent to which fees are waived based
on various incentives provided to customers in an effort to encourage higher usage and retention. Our aggregate ATM
fee revenues vary based upon the number of cardholder ATM transactions and the average fee per ATM transaction.
The average fee per ATM transaction depends upon the mix of products in our portfolio at any given point in time and
the extent to which cardholders use ATMs within our free network that carry no fee for cash withdrawal transactions.
Our aggregate new card fee revenues vary based upon the number of GPR cards and checking accounts activated
and the average new card fee. The average new card fee depends primarily upon the mix of products that we sell
since there are variations in new account fees based on the product and/or the location or source where our products
are purchased. Our aggregate other fees vary primarily based upon account sales of all types, gift card sales, purchase
transactions and the number of active accounts in our portfolio.

Cash Transfer Revenues — We earn cash transfer revenues when consumers fund their cards through a reload
transaction at a Green Dot Network retail location. Our aggregate cash transfer revenues vary based upon the mix of
locations where reload transactions occur, since reload fees vary by location. We earn tax refund processing service
revenues when a customer of a third party tax preparation company chooses to pay their tax preparation fee through
the use of our tax refund processing services. Tax refund processing service revenues were included in the cash
transfer revenues caption on our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Interchange Revenues — We earn interchange revenues from fees remitted by the merchant’s bank, which are
based on rates established by the payment networks, when customers make purchase transactions using our products.
Our aggregate interchange revenues vary based primarily on the number of active cards in our portfolio, the average
transactional volume of the active cards in our portfolio and on the mix of cardholder purchases between those using
signature identification technologies and those using personal identification numbers and the corresponding rates.

Stock-based retailer incentive compensation — In May 2010, we issued to Walmart 2,208,552 shares of our Class A
common stock, subject to our right to repurchase them at $0.01 per share upon a qualifying termination of our prepaid
card program agreement with Walmart. We recognize each month the fair value of the 36,810 shares issued to Walmart
for which our right to repurchase has lapsed using the then-current fair market value of our Class A common stock.
We would be required to recognize the fair value of all shares still subject to repurchase if there were an early expiration
of our right to repurchase, which could occur if we experienced certain changes in our control or under certain other
limited circumstances, such as a termination of our commercial agreement with Walmart. We record the fair value
recognized  as  stock-based  retailer  incentive  compensation,  a  contra-revenue  component  of  our  total  operating
revenues. Beginning in May 2015, our right to repurchase any shares issued to Walmart will have lapsed completely
and as a result, we will not record stock-based retailer compensation thereafter under our current agreement with
Walmart.

Operating Expenses

We classify our operating expenses into the following four categories:

Sales and Marketing Expenses — Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of the sales commissions we
pay to our retail distributors and brokers, advertising and marketing expenses, and the costs of manufacturing and
distributing card packages, placards and promotional materials to our retail distributors and personalized GPR and
GoBank cards to consumers who have activated their cards. We generally establish sales commission percentages
in long-term distribution agreements with our retail distributors, and aggregate sales commissions are determined by
the number of prepaid cards, checking account products and cash transfers sold at their respective retail stores and,
in certain cases, by the revenue generated from the ongoing use of those cards. We incur advertising and marketing
expenses for television, online and in-store promotions. Advertising and marketing expenses are recognized as incurred
and typically deliver a benefit over an extended period of time. For this reason, these expenses do not always track
changes in our operating revenues. Our manufacturing and distribution costs vary primarily based on the number of
GPR and GoBank accounts activated by consumers.

Compensation and Benefits Expenses —  Compensation and benefits expenses represent the compensation and
benefits that we provide to our employees and the payments we make to third-party contractors. While we have an in-
house customer service function, we employ third-party contractors to conduct call center operations, handle routine
customer service inquiries and provide consulting support in the area of IT operations and elsewhere. Compensation
and benefits expenses associated with our customer service and loss management functions generally vary in line
with the size of our active card portfolio, while the expenses associated with other functions do not.

Processing Expenses — Processing expenses consist primarily of the fees charged to us by the payment networks,
which process transactions for us, the third-party card processor that maintains the records of our customers' accounts

33

and processes transaction authorizations and postings for us, and the banks that issue our accounts, including our
subsidiary bank. These costs generally vary based on the total number of active accounts in our portfolio and gross
dollar volume transacted by those accounts.

Other General and Administrative Expenses — Other general and administrative expenses consist primarily of
professional  service  fees,  telephone  and  communication  costs,  depreciation  and  amortization  of  our  property  and
equipment  and  intangible  assets,  transaction  losses  (losses  from  customer  disputed  transactions,  unrecovered
customer  purchase  transaction  overdrafts  and  fraud),  rent  and  utilities,  and  insurance.  We  incur  telephone  and
communication costs primarily from customers contacting us through our toll-free telephone numbers. These costs
vary with the total number of active cards in our portfolio, as do losses from customer disputed transactions, unrecovered
customer purchase transaction overdrafts and fraud. Costs associated with professional services, depreciation and
amortization of our property and equipment and intangible assets, and rent and utilities vary based upon our investment
in infrastructure, business development, risk management and internal controls and are generally not correlated with
our operating revenues or other transaction metrics.    

Income Tax Expense

Our income tax expense consists of the federal and state corporate income taxes accrued on income resulting

from the sale of our products and services.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of our consolidated
financial statements requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts
of  assets,  liabilities,  revenues,  costs  and  expenses  and  related  disclosures.  We  base  our  estimates  on  historical
experience, current circumstances and various other assumptions that our management believes to be reasonable
under the circumstances. In many instances, we could reasonably use different accounting estimates, and in some
instances changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual
results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are differences
between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows will be affected. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to
understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving
management’s judgments and estimates.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the

product is sold or the service is performed, and collectibility of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.

We defer and recognize new card fee revenues on a straight-line basis over the period commensurate with our
service obligation to our customers. We consider the service obligation period to be the average card lifetime. We
determine the average card lifetime for each pool of homogeneous products (e.g., products that exhibit the same
characteristics such as nature of service and terms and conditions) based on company-specific historical data. Currently,
we determine the average card lifetime separately for our GPR cards and gift cards. For our GPR cards, we measure
the card lifetime as the period of time, inclusive of reload activity, between sale (or activation) of a card and the date
of the last positive balance on that card. We analyze GPR cards activated between six and thirty months prior to each
balance sheet date. We use this historical look-back period as a basis for determining our average card lifetime because
it provides sufficient time for meaningful behavioral trends to develop. Currently, our GPR cards have an average card
lifetime of six months. The usage of gift cards is limited to the initial funds loaded to the card. Therefore, we measure
these gift cards’ lifetime as the redemption period over which cardholders perform the substantial majority of their
transactions. Currently, gift cards have an average lifetime of six months. We reassess average card lifetime quarterly.
Average card lifetimes may vary in the future as cardholder behavior changes relative to historical experience because
customers are influenced by changes in the pricing of our services, the availability of substitute products, and other
factors.

We  also  defer  and  expense  commissions  paid  to  retail  distributors  related  to  new  card  sales  ratably  over  the

average card lifetime, which is currently six months for our GPR cards and six months for gift cards.

We report our different types of revenues on a gross or net basis based on our assessment of whether we act as
a principal or an agent in the transaction. To the extent we act as a principal in the transaction, we report revenues on
a  gross  basis.  In  concluding  whether  or  not  we  act  as  a  principal  or  an  agent,  we  evaluate  whether  we  have  the
substantial risks and rewards under the terms of the revenue-generating arrangements, whether we are the party
responsible for fulfillment of the services purchased by the cardholders, and other factors. For most of our significant

34

revenue-generating arrangements, including GPR and gift cards, we recognize revenues on a gross basis. As it relates
to our tax refund processing services, we act as an agent in these transactions and record revenues on a net basis.

Generally, customers have limited rights to a refund of the new card fee or a cash transfer fee. We have elected
to recognize revenues prior to the expiration of the refund period, but reduce revenues by the amount of expected
refunds, which we estimate based on actual historical refunds.

On  occasion,  we  enter  into  incentive  agreements  with  our  retail  distributors  and  offer  incentives  to  customers
designed to increase product acceptance and sales volume. We record these incentives, including the issuance of
equity instruments, as a reduction of revenues and recognize them over the period the related revenues are recognized
or as services are rendered, as applicable.

Employee Stock-Based Compensation

We record employee stock-based compensation expense using the fair value method of accounting. For stock
options and stock purchases under our employee stock purchase plan, we base compensation expense on fair values
estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. For stock awards, including restricted stock
units, we base compensation expense on the fair value of our Class A common stock at the grant date. We recognize
compensation expense for awards with only service conditions that have graded vesting schedules on a straight-line
basis over the vesting period of the award. Vesting is based upon continued service to our company.

We measure the fair value of equity instruments issued to non-employees as of the earlier of the date a performance
commitment has been reached by the counterparty or the date performance is completed by the counterparty. We
determine the fair value using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model or the fair value of our Class A common stock,
as applicable, and recognize related expense in the same periods that the goods or services are received.

Reserve for Uncollectible Overdrawn Accounts

Our cardholder accounts may become overdrawn as a result of maintenance fee assessments or from purchase
transactions  that  we  honor,  in  each  case  in  excess  of  the  funds  in  the  cardholder’s  account.  While  we  decline
authorization attempts for amounts that exceed the available balance in a cardholder’s account, the application of card
association rules, the timing of the settlement of transactions and the assessment of the card’s monthly maintenance
fee,  among  other  things,  can  result  in  overdrawn  accounts.  Overdrawn  account  balances  are  deemed  to  be  our
receivables due from cardholders, and we include them as a component of accounts receivable, net, on our consolidated
balance  sheets.  We  generally  recover  overdrawn  account  balances  from  those  cardholders  that  perform  a  reload
transaction.  In  addition,  we  recover  some  overdrawn  account  balances  related  to  purchase  transaction  through
enforcement of payment network rules, which allow us to recover the amounts from the merchant where the purchase
transaction was conducted. However, we are exposed to losses from any unrecovered overdrawn account balances.
The probability of recovering these amounts is primarily related to the number of days that have elapsed since an
account  had  activity,  such  as  a  purchase, ATM  transaction  or  fee  assessment.  Generally,  we  recover  50-60%  of
overdrawn account balances in accounts that have had activity in the last 30 days, less than 15% in accounts that
have had activity in the last 30 to 60 days, and less than 10% when more than 60 days have elapsed.

We establish a reserve for uncollectible overdrawn accounts. We classify overdrawn accounts into age groups
based on the number of days since the account last had activity. We then calculate a reserve factor for each age group
based on the average recovery rate for the most recent six months. These factors are applied to these age groups to
estimate our overall reserve. We rely on these historical rates because they have remained relatively consistent for
several years. When more than 90 days have passed without any activity in an account, we consider recovery to be
remote and charge off the full amount of the overdrawn account balance against the reserve for uncollectible overdrawn
accounts. Our actual recovery rates and related estimates thereof may change in the future in response to factors such
as customer behavior, product pricing and features that impact the frequency and velocity of reloads and other deposits
to such accounts.

We  include  our  provision  for  uncollectible  overdrawn  accounts  related  to  maintenance  fees  and  purchase
transactions as an offset to card revenues and other fees and in other general and administrative expenses, respectively,
in our consolidated statements of operations

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

We review the recoverability of goodwill at least annually or whenever significant events or changes occur, which
might impair the recovery of recorded costs. Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances indicating
that  the  carrying  value  of  our  goodwill  may  not  be  recoverable,  include  a  decline  in  our  stock  price  and  market
capitalization, declines in the market conditions of our products, reductions in our future cash flow estimates, and
significant adverse industry or economic market trends, amongst others. We test for impairment of goodwill by assessing

35

various qualitative factors with respect to developments in our business and the overall economy and calculating the
fair value of a reporting unit using the discounted cash flow method, as necessary. In the event that the carrying value
of assets is determined to be unrecoverable, we would estimate the fair value of the reporting unit and record an
impairment  charge  for  the  excess  of  the  carrying  value  over  the  fair  value.  The  estimate  of  fair  value  requires
management to make a number of assumptions and projections, which could include, but would not be limited to, future
revenues, earnings and the probability of certain outcomes.

Intangible and other long lived-assets subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Certain factors which may occur
and indicate that an impairment exists include, but are not limited to the following: significant underperformance relative
to expected historical or projected future operating results; significant changes in the manner of use of the underlying
assets; and  significant adverse industry or market economic trends. In reviewing for impairment, we compare the
carrying value of such assets to the estimated undiscounted future net cash flows expected from the use of the assets
and their eventual disposition. In the event that the carrying value of assets is determined to be unrecoverable, we
would estimate the fair value of the assets and record an impairment charge for the excess of the carrying value over
the fair value. The estimate of fair value requires management to make a number of assumptions and projections,
which could include, but would not be limited to, future revenues, earnings and the probability of certain outcomes.

36

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

Operating Revenues

The following table presents a breakdown of our operating revenues among card revenues and other fees, cash

transfer revenues and interchange revenues as well as contra-revenue items:

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

Amount

% of Total
Operating Revenues

Amount

% of Total
Operating Revenues

(In thousands, except percentages)

Operating revenues:

Card revenues and other fees

Cash transfer revenues

Interchange revenues

Stock-based retailer incentive compensation

Total operating revenues

$

$

253,155

179,289

178,040

(8,932)

601,552

42.1% $

29.8

29.6

(1.5)

100.0% $

227,227

183,359

171,757

(8,722)

573,621

39.6%

32.0

29.9

(1.5)

100.0%

Card  Revenues  and  Other  Fees  —  Card  revenues  and  other  fees  totaled  $253.2  million  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2014, an increase of $26.0 million, or 11%, from the comparable period in 2013. The increase was
primarily the result of higher monthly maintenance fees of $17.9 million, driven by growth in the number of active cards
in our portfolio and favorable mix impacts, as a greater proportion of these fees were derived from our Green Dot-
branded products, which have a higher average maintenance fee. The monthly maintenance fee increase also benefited
from $5.6 million of additional fee revenue from the removal of courtesy fee waivers on certain accounts during the
first quarter of 2014. Card revenues and other fees also increased due to an increase of $5.0 million in transaction-
based fees, driven by growth in the number of our products with this type of fee structure, and an increase of $4.1
million in new card fee revenues, driven by period-over-period growth in new cards activated.

Cash Transfer Revenues — Cash transfer revenues totaled $179.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014,
a decrease of $4.1 million, or 2%, from the comparable period in 2013.  Although we had period-over-period growth
of 3% in the number of cash transfers sold, we had a greater number of fee-free cash transfers as compared to the
same period in 2013. The increase in fee-free cash transfers was driven by customer adoption of one of our products
at Walmart. As discussed above under "Financial Results and Trends," we expect to phase out the PIN reload method
of adding cash to prepaid cards. As such, the current MoneyPak PIN product will be fully replaced by other methods
of card reloading by the end of the first quarter of 2015. We therefore expect our cash transfer revenues to decline on
a year-over-year basis in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenues. 

Interchange Revenues — Interchange revenues totaled $178.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014,
an increase of $6.2 million, or 4%, from the comparable period in 2013. The increase was primarily the result of period-
over-period growth of 6% in purchase volume, partially offset by a slight decline in the effective interchange rate we
earn on purchase volume. This average rate decline was the result of a shift in the mix of payment networks and
payment types.

Stock-based Retailer Incentive Compensation — Stock-based retailer incentive compensation was $8.9 million
for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $0.2 million, or 2%, from the comparable period in 2013. Our
right to repurchase lapsed as to 441,720 shares issued to Walmart during the year ended December 31, 2014. We
recognized the fair value of the shares using the then-current fair market value of our Class A common stock. The
increase was the result of a higher average stock price in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared with the
corresponding period in 2013.

37

Operating Expenses

The following table presents a breakdown of our operating expenses among sales and marketing, compensation

and benefits, processing, and other general and administrative expenses:

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

Amount

% of Total
Operating Revenues

Amount

% of Total
Operating Revenues

(In thousands, except percentages)

Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing expenses

Compensation and benefits expenses

Processing expenses

Other general and administrative expenses

Total operating expenses

$

$

235,227

123,083

79,053

105,200

542,563

39.1% $

20.5

13.1

17.5

90.2% $

218,370

127,287

89,856

88,976

524,489

38.1%

22.2

15.7

15.4

91.4%

Sales  and  Marketing  Expenses  —  Sales  and  marketing  expenses  totaled  $235.2  million  for  the  year  ended
December 31,  2014,  an  increase  of  $16.8  million,  or  8%  from  the  comparable  period  in  2013. This  increase  was
primarily  the  result  of  an  increase  of  $18.5  million  in  sales  commissions  and  $1.9  million  of  additional  costs  of
manufacturing and distributing card packages, driven by period-over-period growth in new cards activated and a 3%
increase in the number of cash transfers sold. The cost of manufacturing and distributing card packages also increased
as we rolled out new products, including the GoBank product at Walmart. Sales and marketing expenses were partially
offset by a decrease in overall advertising expenses of $3.6 million.

Compensation and Benefits Expenses — Compensation and benefits expenses totaled $123.1 million for the year
ended December 31, 2014, a decrease of $4.2 million or 3%, from the comparable period in 2013. This decrease was
primarily the result of an increase to our overall capitalization rate associated with internally-developed software and
the absence of retention-based incentives associated with our acquisition of Loopt for the year ended December 31,
2014, which had favorable impacts of $9.7 million and $5.8 million, respectively. Compensation and benefits expenses
also decreased as a result of a decline of $4.7 million in third-party contractor expenses. These favorable impacts
were offset by increases of $10.4 million in employee salaries and related benefits and $5.6 million in employee stock-
based compensation due to growth in employee headcount and increases in incentive based awards to retain key
employees.

Processing Expenses — Processing expenses totaled $79.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, a
decrease of $10.8 million, or 12% from the comparable period in 2013. This decrease was primarily due to a reduction
of $9.5 million in fees paid to third-party issuing banks as we transitioned our card issuing program with GE Capital
Retail Bank to Green Dot Bank in February 2014. 

Other General and Administrative Expenses — Other general and administrative expenses totaled $105.2 million
for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $16.2 million, or 18%, from the comparable period in 2013.
This increase was primarily the result of a $6.7 million increase in professional services, primarily associated with our
acquisitions, a $5.5 million increase in depreciation and amortization of property and equipment associated with our
investment in technology to support our new product launches and infrastructure, a $4.6 million increase in transaction
losses, primarily associated with customer disputed transactions and a $4.4 million increase in amortization of acquired
intangibles. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $5.2 million in impairment charges for the comparable
period.  During 2013 these impairment charges were associated with capitalized internal-use software we determined
were no longer viable.

38

Income Tax Expense

The following table presents a breakdown of our effective tax rate among federal, state and other:

U.S. federal statutory tax rate

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

General business credits

Employee stock-based compensation

Non-deductible transaction costs

Other

Effective tax rate

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

35.0%

1.1

(1.3)

0.7

1.8

0.7

38.0%

35.0%

(0.2)

(2.3)

1.4

—

1.2

35.1%

Our income tax expense increased by $7.8 million to $26.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 from the
comparable period in 2013 due to an increase in income before income taxes and an increase in our effective rate
rate by 2.9 percentage points from 35.1% to 38.0%. The increase in the effective tax rate for the year ended December
31,  2014  as  compared  to  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  is  primarily  attributable  to  certain  non-deductible
transaction costs incurred during the year and fewer general business credits. We recognized a discrete benefit in the
first quarter of 2013 related to the reinstatement of 2012 general business credits.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 

Operating Revenues

The following table presents a breakdown of our operating revenues among card revenues and other fees, cash

transfer revenues and interchange revenues as well as contra-revenue items:

Year Ended December 31,

2013

2012

Amount

% of Total
Operating Revenues

Amount

% of Total
Operating Revenues

(In thousands, except percentages)

Operating revenues:

Card revenues and other fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Cash transfer revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interchange revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stock-based retailer incentive compensation . . . .

Total operating revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

227,227

183,359

171,757

(8,722)

573,621

39.6% $

32.0

29.9

(1.5)

100.0% $

224,745

165,232

164,559

(8,251)

546,285

41.1%

30.2

30.2

(1.5)

100.0%

Card  Revenues  and  Other  Fees  —  Card  revenues  and  other  fees  totaled  $227.2  million  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2013, an increase of $2.5 million, or 1%, from the comparable period in 2012. The increase was primarily
the result of period-over-period growth in our gift card program. This increase was partially offset by declines in monthly
maintenance fees due to an increase in fee waivers earned by cardholders, declines in new card fees as a result of
a period-over-period decline in new cards activated due to enhanced risk controls and a decline in ATM fees as a result
of higher usage of our fee-free ATM network.

Cash Transfer Revenues — Cash transfer revenues totaled $183.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013,
an increase of $18.2 million, or 11%, from the comparable period in 2012. The increase was primarily the result of
period-over-period growth of 9% in the number of cash transfers sold. The increase in cash transfer volume was driven
primarily by growth in cash transfer volume from third-party programs participating in our network. The proportion of
total cash transfer revenues represented by third party programs increased by approximately four percentage points
as compared to the comparable period in 2012.

Interchange Revenues — Interchange revenues totaled $171.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013,
an increase of $7.2 million, or 4%, from the comparable period in 2012. The increase was primarily the result of period-
over-period growth of 6% in purchase volume, partially offset by a slight decline in the effective interchange rate we
earn on purchase volume. This rate decline was the result of a shift in the mix of payment networks and payment
types.

39

Stock-based Retailer Incentive Compensation — Stock-based retailer incentive compensation was $8.7 million
for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $0.4 million, or 5%, from the comparable period in 2012. Our
right to repurchase lapsed as to 441,720 shares issued to Walmart during the year ended December 31, 2013. We
recognized the fair value of the shares using the then-current fair market value of our Class A common stock. The
increase was the result of a higher average stock price in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the
corresponding period in 2012.

Operating Expenses

The following table presents a breakdown of our operating expenses among sales and marketing, compensation

and benefits, processing, and other general and administrative expenses:

Year Ended December 31,

2013

2012

Amount

% of Total
Operating Revenues

Amount

% of Total
Operating Revenues

(In thousands, except percentages)

Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Compensation and benefits expenses . . . . . . . . .

Processing expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other general and administrative expenses . . . . .

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

218,370

127,287

89,856

88,976

524,489

38.1% $

22.2

15.7

15.4

91.4% $

209,870

114,930

77,445

71,900

474,145

38.4%

21.0

14.2

13.2

86.8%

Sales  and  Marketing  Expenses  —  Sales  and  marketing  expenses  totaled  $218.4  million  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2013, an increase of $8.5 million, or 4% from the comparable period in 2012. This increase was primarily
the result of an increase in the sales commissions, driven by period-over-period growth of 9% in the number of cash
transfers sold and an increase in the sales commission rate we pay to Walmart for the MoneyCard program, which
increased in May 2013 by approximately four percentage points. The increase in sales and marketing expenses was
also due to higher costs of manufacturing and distributing card packages related to new product launches. The increase
was  partially  offset  by  a  decline  in  advertising  and  marketing  expenses  as  we  reduced  our  television  and  online
advertising.

Compensation and Benefits Expenses — Compensation and benefits expenses totaled $127.3 million for the year
ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $12.4 million or 11%, from the comparable period in 2012. This increase
was primarily the result of a $14.9 million increase in employee compensation and benefits, which included a $2.0
million  increase  in  employee  stock-based  compensation  expense.  The  period-over-period  growth  in  employee
compensation  and  benefits  is  due  to  our  efforts  to  attract  and  retain  technology  personnel  and  higher  incentive
compensation earned by employees. These increases were partially offset by a reduction in third-party contractor
expenses.

Processing Expenses — Processing expenses totaled $89.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an
increase of $12.5 million, or 16% from the comparable period in 2012. The increase was primarily the result of period-
over-period growth of 6% in purchase volume, higher usage of our fee-free ATM network and certain costs to prepare
for the transition of our card issuing program with GE Capital Retail Bank to Green Dot Bank, which was completed
in February 2014. Processing expenses were partially offset by a reduction in third-party issuing bank fees as we
transitioned our card issuing program with Synovus Bank to our subsidiary bank in November 2012.

Other General and Administrative Expenses — Other general and administrative expenses totaled $89.0 million
for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $17.1 million, or 24%, from the comparable period in 2012.
This  increase  was  primarily  the  result  of  a  $9.0  million  increase  in  depreciation  and  amortization  of  property  and
equipment associated with our investment in technology to support our new products launches and improve our core
infrastructure, a $5.7 million increase in transaction losses, primarily associated with customer disputed transactions,
and a $4.2 million increase in impairment charges associated with capitalized internal-use software. These increases
were partially offset by a reduction in professional service fees and rent expense. 

40

Income Tax Expense

The following table presents a breakdown of our effective tax rate among federal, state and other:

Year Ended December 31,

2013

2012

U.S. federal statutory tax rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

State income taxes, net of federal benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General business credits

Employee stock-based compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Effective tax rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

35.0%

(0.2)

(2.3)

1.4

1.2

35.1%

35.0%

1.9

(0.4)

1.4

0.3

38.2%

Our income tax expense decreased by $10.5 million to $18.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 from
the comparable period in 2012 due to a decrease in income before income taxes over those same periods and a
decrease in our effective tax rate by 3.1 percentage points from 38.2% to 35.1%, primarily driven by $1.2 million of
general business credits related to 2012 and 2013.

Capital Requirements for Bank Holding Companies

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we were categorized as well capitalized under the regulatory framework.
There were no conditions or events since December 31, 2014 which management believes would have changed our
category as well capitalized. Our actual and the "well capitalized" minimum amounts and ratios were as follows:

December 31, 2014

Tier 1 leverage

Tier 1 risk-based capital

Total risk-based capital

December 31, 2013

Tier 1 leverage

Tier 1 risk-based capital

Total risk-based capital

Actual

Regulatory "well capitalized"
minimum

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

(In thousands, except ratios)

$

$

200,917

200,917

201,368

370,476

370,476

370,476

21.3% $

45.4

45.5

45.8% $

100.8

100.8

47,113

26,561

44,269

40,418

22,057

36,762

5.0%

6.0

10.0

5.0%

6.0

10.0

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following table summarizes our major sources and uses of cash for the periods presented:

Total cash provided by (used in)

Operating activities

Investing activities

Financing activities

Increase in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

(In thousands)

$

$

68,975

$

122,508

$

(187,346)

419,388

(53,396)

57,918

301,017

$

127,030

$

102,028

(210,320)

179,450

71,158

During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 we financed our operations primarily through our
cash flows from operations.  Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2014, we financed certain investing
activities through our borrowings under our senior credit facility.  At December 31, 2014, our primary source of liquidity
was unrestricted cash and cash equivalents totaling $724.2 million. We also consider our $120.4 million of investment
securities available-for-sale to be highly-liquid instruments. 

We use trend and variance analysis as well as our detailed budgets and forecasts to project future cash needs,
making adjustments to the projections when needed. We believe that our current unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
and cash flows from operations, and borrowing capacity under our senior credit facility will be sufficient to meet our

41

working  capital  and  capital  expenditure  requirements  for  at  least  the  next  year. Thereafter,  we  may  need  to  raise
additional funds through public or private financings or borrowings. Any additional financing we require may not be
available on terms that are favorable to us, or at all. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or
convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we
issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our Class A common stock and our
Series A convertible junior participating non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock. No assurance can be given that
additional financing will be available or that, if available, such financing can be obtained on terms favorable to our
stockholders and us.

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Our $69.0 million of net cash provided by operating activities in the year ended December 31, 2014 principally
resulted from $42.7 million of net income, adjusted for certain non-cash operating expenses of $67.3 million, offset by
a decrease of $48.7 million in amounts due to card issuing banks for overdrawn accounts, primarily related to payments
to GE Capital Retail Bank to settle our liability associated with overdrawn cardholder account balances. Our $122.5
million of net cash provided by operating activities in the year ended December 31, 2013 principally resulted from
$34.0 million of net income, adjusted for certain non-cash operating expenses of $61.9 million and an increase in
accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $26.9 million related primarily to the timing of escheatment and refund
liabilities. Our $102.0 million of net cash provided by operating activities in the year ended December 31, 2012 principally
resulted from $47.2 million of net income, adjusted for certain non-cash operating expenses of $46.8 million.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Our $187.3 million of net cash used in investing activities in the year ended December 31, 2014 reflects payments
for business acquisitions of $227.0 million, net of cash acquired, and payments for acquisition of property and equipment
of purchases of $39.3 million, partially offset by proceeds from sales and maturities of available-for-sale investment
securities, net of purchases, of $77.2 million. Our $53.4 million of net cash used in investing activities in the year ended
December 31, 2013 reflects payments for acquisition of property and equipment of purchases of $35.7 million and
purchases of available-for-sale investment securities, net of sales and maturities, of $16.0 million. Our $210.3 million
of net cash used in investing activities in the year ended December 31, 2012 reflects purchases of available-for-sale
investment securities, net of sales and maturities, of $152.8 million, payments for acquisition of property and equipment
of $40.4 million, net payments to acquire Loopt for $33.4 million, partially offset by a decrease in restricted cash of
$12.3 million.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Our $419.4 million of net cash provided by financing activities in the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily
the result of increases of $345.8 million of deposits to customers associated with our GPR card program, proceeds of
$150.0 million associated with our term loan and proceeds and excess tax benefits of $10.7 million associated with
equity award activity. These were offset by decreases of $79.4 million in obligations to customers.  Our $57.9 million
of net cash provided by financing activities in the year ended December 31, 2013 was primarily the result of $21.1
million of deposits and $19.6 million of obligations to customers associated with our GPR card program, and proceeds
and excess tax benefits of $17.2 million associated with equity award activities.  Our $179.5 million of net cash provided
by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was the result of $159.5 million of deposits and $13.7
million of obligations to customers we assumed as part of the transition of all outstanding customer deposits associated
with our GPR card program with Synovus Bank to our subsidiary bank, and proceeds and excess tax benefits of $6.3
million associated with equity award activities.

Commitments

We anticipate that we will continue to purchase property and equipment as necessary in the normal course of our
business. The amount and timing of these purchases and the related cash outflows in future periods is difficult to
predict and is dependent on a number of factors including the hiring of employees, the rate of change of computer
hardware and software used in our business and our business outlook. During 2015, we intend to continue to invest
in  new  products  and  programs,  new  features  for  our  existing  products  and  IT  infrastructure  to  scale  and  operate
effectively to meet our strategic objectives. 

We have used cash to acquire businesses and technologies and we anticipate that we may continue to do so in
the future. The nature of these transactions makes it difficult to predict the amount and timing of such cash requirements.
We may also be required to raise additional financing to complete future acquisitions.

Additionally, we anticipate making ongoing cash contributions to our subsidiary bank, Green Dot Bank, to maintain
its capital, leverage and other financial commitments at levels we have agreed to with our regulators. For example, in
connection with the transition of our card issuing program with GE Capital Retail Bank to Green Dot Bank in February

42

2014, we contributed approximately $50 million in capital to Green Dot Bank and we settled our liability associated
with overdrawn cardholder account balances, which is included in our consolidated balance sheet as "amounts due
to card issuing banks for overdrawn accounts." Additionally, our investment securities may act as short-term collateral
to Green Dot Bank to satisfy any requirements associated with its legal lending limit.

Senior Credit Facility

In October 2014, we entered into a $225 million credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative
agent, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, and other lenders party thereto. The agreement provides for (i) a $75
million five-year revolving facility (the “Revolving Facility”) and (ii) a five-year $150 million term loan facility (the “Term
Facility” and, together with the Revolving Facility, the “Senior Credit Facility”).  At our election, loans made under the
credit agreement bear interest at (1) a LIBOR rate or (2) a base rate as defined in the agreement, plus an applicable
margin (2.92% as of December 31, 2014).  The balance outstanding on the Term Facility was $150.0 million at December
31, 2014.  Quarterly principal payments of $5.6 million are payable on the loans under the Term Facility. The loans
made under the Term Facility mature and all amounts then outstanding thereunder are payable on October 23, 2019.
There were no borrowings on the Revolving Facility at  December 31, 2014.  We are also subject to certain financial
covenants, which include maintaining a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a maximum consolidated leverage
ratio at the end of each fiscal quarter, as defined in the agreement. At December 31, 2014, we were in compliance
with all such covenants.

Contractual Obligations

Our  contractual  commitments  will  have  an  impact  on  our  future  liquidity.  The  following  table  summarizes  our
contractual  obligations,  including  both  on  and  off-balance  sheet  transactions  that  represent  material  expected  or
contractually  committed  future  obligations,  at  December 31,  2014.  We  believe  that  we  will  be  able  to  fund  these
obligations through cash generated from operations and from our existing cash balances. 

Payments Due by Period

Total

Less than 1
Year

1-3 Years

3-5 Years

(In thousands)

More than 5
Years

Long-term debt obligations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

150,000

$

22,500

$

67,500

$

60,000

$

Capital lease obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operating lease obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Purchase obligations(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,176

49,494

73,285

407

7,147

23,642

769

14,233

42,003

—

11,381

7,640

—

—

16,733

—

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

273,955

$

53,696

$

124,505

$

79,021

$

16,733

___________

(1) Primarily future minimum payments under agreements with vendors and our retail distributors. See note 19 of the notes to our

audited consolidated financial statements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated
organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities that would have been
established  for  the  purpose  of  facilitating  off-balance  sheet  arrangements  or  other  contractually  narrow  or  limited
purposes.

43

Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies

As discussed in Part I, Item 1. Business, we became a bank holding company in December 2011. This section
presents information required by the SEC’s Industry Guide 3, “Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies.”
The tables in this section include Green Dot Bank information only. 

Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

The  following  table  presents  average  balance  data  and  interest  income  and  expense  data  for  our  banking
operations, as well as the related interest yields and rates for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and
average balance data for the period ended December 31, 2012:

2014

Interest
income/
interest
expense

Average
balance

Year ended December 31,

Yield/

rate

Average
balance

2013

Interest
income/
interest
expense

(In thousands, except percentages)

Period ended
December 31,

2012

Yield/
rate

Average
balance

Assets

Interest-bearing assets

Loans (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

7,154

$

Taxable investment
securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Non-taxable investment
securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Federal reserve stock . . . . . .

Federal funds sold. . . . . . . . .

Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total interest-bearing assets . . . .

Non-interest bearing assets . . . .

53,280

1,029

3,481

380

642,608

707,932

64,632

553

506

22

213

1

1,606

2,901

7.7% $

7,676

$

0.9

2.1

6.1

0.3

0.2

0.4%

19,415

1,539

1,603

1,561

310,552

342,346

53,792

664

161

32

97

2

805

1,761

8.7% $

0.8

2.1

6.1

0.1

0.3

0.5%

8,576

4,969

2,155

561

2,218

77,654

96,133

14,940

Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

772,564

$

396,138

$

111,073

Liabilities

Interest-bearing liabilities

Negotiable order of
withdrawal (NOW) . . . . . . . . . $

Savings deposits . . . . . . . . . .

Time deposits,
denominations greater than
or equal to $100 . . . . . . . . . .

Time deposits,
denominations less than
$100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total interest-bearing liabilities . .

Non-interest bearing liabilities . . .

Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total stockholders' equity . . . . . .

Total liabilities and stockholders'
equity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Net interest income/yield on
earning assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

___________

10

1

38

15

64

6,820

$

1,338

5,735

1,806

15,699

626,110

641,809

130,755

772,564

0.1% $

1,607

$

0.1

0.7

0.8

0.4%

6,231

5,825

2,288

15,951

314,002

329,953

66,185

10

2

40

13

65

0.6% $

—

0.7

0.6

0.4%

1,650

6,742

6,642

3,031

18,065

58,176

76,241

34,832

$

396,138

$

111,073

$

2,837

0.0%

$

1,696

0.1%

(1) Non-performing loans and leases are included in the respective average loan and lease balances. Income, if any, on such

loans and leases is recognized on a cash basis.

44

The following table presents the rate/volume variance in interest income and expense for the year ended

December 31, 2014:

Loans

Taxable investment securities

Non-taxable investment securities

Federal reserve stock

Federal funds sold

Cash

Negotiable order of withdrawal (NOW)

Savings deposits

Time deposits, denominations greater than or equal to $100

Time deposits, denominations less than $100

___________

Total Change in
Interest Income/
Expense

December 31, 2014

Change Due to
Rate (1)

(In thousands)

Change Due to
Volume (1)

$

$

$

$

(111 ) $

345

(10)

116

(1)

801

1,140

$

(37) $

143

1

4

1

(49)

63

$

— $

— $

—

(3)

2

(1) $

(1)

—

3

2

$

(74)

202

(11)

112

(1)

849

1,077

—

1

(3)

(1)

(3)

(1) The change in interest income and expense not solely due to changes in volume or rate has been allocated on a pro-rata basis

to the volume and rate columns.

Investment Portfolio

The  following  table  presents  the  amortized  cost  and  fair  value  of  Green  Dot  Bank’s  investment  portfolio  at

December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

December 31, 2012

Amortized
Cost

Fair Value

Amortized
Cost

Fair Value

Amortized
Cost

Fair Value

(In thousands)

Corporate bonds . . . . . . . . . . . $

27,107

$

27,069

$

28,718

$

28,730

$

— $

Agency securities . . . . . . . . . .

Mortgage-backed securities . .

Municipal bonds . . . . . . . . . . .

U.S. treasury notes . . . . . . . . .

—

36,251

908

—

—

36,220

920

—

245

4,169

1,672

—

245

4,002

1,679

—

804

—

2,022

20,020

Total fixed-income securities . . $

64,266

$

64,209

$

34,804

$

34,656

$

22,846

$

—

811

—

2,058

19,956

22,825

The following table shows the scheduled maturities, by amortized cost, and average yields for Green Dot Bank’s

investment portfolio at December 31, 2014:

Due in one year
or less

Due after one
year through
five years

Due after five
years through
ten years

Due after ten
years

Total

(In thousands, except percentages)

Corporate bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

16,412

$

10,695

$

— $

— $

27,107

Agency securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Mortgage-backed securities . . . . . . . . .

Municipal bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

—

—

—

—

576

Total fixed-income securities . . . . . . . . . $

16,412

$

11,271

$

—

—

332

332

—

36,251

—

$

36,251

$

—

36,251

908

64,266

Weighted-average yield. . . . . . . . . . . . .

0.78%

0.79%

4.23%

1.67%

1.30%

45

Loan Portfolio

The aggregate loan portfolio carrying value, gross of the related allowance for loan losses, totaled $7.0 million at
December 31, 2014 or a 5% decrease compared to December 31, 2013. The following table shows the composition
of Green Dot Bank’s loan portfolio as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

As of December 31,

2014

2013

2012

(In thousands)

Real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

3,861

$

3,383

$

Commercial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

697

2,436

1,474

2,509

Total loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

6,994

$

7,366

$

Loans on nonaccrual status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

189

$

473

$

Loans past due 90 days or more. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total TDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4

158

—

296

3,556

1,179

3,292

8,027

405

—

295

The following table presents a maturity distribution for selected loan categories. This table excludes real estate

loans and installment loans as of December 31, 2014:

Due in one year
or less

Due after one year
through five years

Due after five
years

Total

(In thousands)

Commercial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fixed rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Floating rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

633

$

—

$

64

—

— $

—

697

—

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses totaled $0.4 million and $0.5 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Our allowance for loan losses is established based on the credit characteristics and risk inherent in our loan portfolio,
as well as the identification of certain impaired loans and the specific reserves we apply to cover their potential losses.
Refer to Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in Item 8 of this report for our accounting policy on
allowance for loan losses. 

46

Allowance for loan losses:

  Beginning balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

464

$

475

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

(In thousands, except percentages)

    Loans charged off:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

      Commercial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

      Real Estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

      Installment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

  Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

    Recoveries of loans previously charged off: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

      Commercial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

      Real Estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

      Installment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

  Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net loans charged off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Provision for allowance for loan losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ending balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Allowance for loan losses to loans outstanding at year-end . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net charge-offs to average loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total provision for (reduction of) credit losses to average loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Recoveries to gross charge-offs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Allowance for loan losses as a multiple of net charge-offs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

—

66

66

10

4

12

26

40

20

444

$

6.3%

0.93%

0.37%

0.28%

6.73

—

—

25

25

—

—

14

14

11

—

464

6.3%

0.31%

0.17%

—%

18.56

At December 31, 2014, the carrying value, gross of the related allowance for loan losses, of impaired and TDR

loans totaled $0.4 million. Of these loans, $0.4 million have a specific allowance of $0.3 million.

The components of our allowance for loan losses, by category, are as follows:

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

Allowance

% of Loans

Allowance

% of Loans

(In thousands, except percentages)

Loan category:

  Commercial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

  Real Estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

  Installment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

25

139

280

444

5.6% $

31.3

63.1

100.0% $

64

136

264

464

13.8%

29.3

56.9

100.0%

Loan Portfolio Concentrations

Green Dot Bank, our subsidiary bank, operates at a single office in Provo, Utah located in the Utah County area.
As of December 31, 2014, approximately 93.8% of our borrowers resided in the state of Utah and approximately 41.5%
in the city of Provo. Consequently, this loan portfolio is susceptible to any adverse market or environmental conditions
that may impact this specific geographic region.

47

Deposits

The following table shows Green Dot Bank’s average deposits and the annualized average rate paid on those

deposits for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012:

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

December 31, 2012

Average
Balance

Weighted-
Average
Rate

Average
Balance

Weighted-
Average
Rate

Average
Balance

Weighted-
Average
Rate

(In thousands, except percentages)

Interest-bearing deposit accounts

Negotiable order of withdrawal (NOW) . . $

Savings deposits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Time deposits, denominations greater
than or equal to $100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Time deposits, denominations less than
$100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total interest-bearing deposit accounts . . . .

1,054

7,034

5,321

1,806

15,215

—% $

0.1

0.9

0.7

0.4%

Non-interest bearing deposit accounts. . . . .

469,661

Total deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

484,876

$

1,607

6,230

5,414

2,698

15,949

50,151

66,100

0.1% $

0.1

0.9

0.6

0.5%

$

1,650

6,724

3,020

6,742

18,136

16,738

34,874

0.3%

0.3

0.7

0.8

0.8%

The  following  table  shows  the  scheduled  maturities  for  Green  Dot  Bank’s  time  deposits  portfolio  greater  than

$100,000 at December 31, 2014:

Less than 3 months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

3 through 6 months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6 through 12 months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Greater than 12 months. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

December 31, 2014

(In thousands)

1,191

925

1,297

1,847

5,260

Key Financial Ratios

The following table shows certain of Green Dot Bank’s key financial ratios for the years ended December 31, 2014,

2013, and 2012:

Net return on assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net return on equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Equity to assets ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.3%

7.5

16.9

1.1%

6.5

16.7

2.4%

7.7

31.4

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

December 31, 2012

ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market risk is the potential for economic losses from changes in market factors such as foreign currency exchange
rates, credit, interest rates and equity prices. We believe that we have limited exposure to risks associated with changes
in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices. We have no significant foreign operations. We do
not hold or enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

Interest rates

We do not consider our cash and cash equivalents or our investment securities to be subject to significant interest

rate risk due to their short duration.

As of December 31, 2014, we had a $150.0 million term loan outstanding under our $225.0 million credit agreement.
Refer to Note 10 — Note Payable to the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein for additional information.
Our term loan and revolving credit facility are, and are expected to be, at variable rates of interest and expose us to
interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase
even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income would decrease. Although any short-term
borrowings under our revolving credit facility would likely be insensitive to interest rate changes, interest expense on
short-term borrowings will increase and decrease with changes in the underlying short-term interest rates. Assuming
our credit agreement is drawn up to its maximum borrowing capacity of $225.0 million, based on the applicable LIBOR
and margin in effect as of December 31, 2014, each quarter point of change in interest rates would result in a $0.6

48

million change in our annual interest expense. We actively monitor our interest rate exposure and our objective is to
reduce, where we deem appropriate to do so, fluctuations in earnings and cash flows associated with changes in
interest rates. In order to accomplish this objective, we may enter into derivative financial instruments, such as forward
contracts and interest rate hedge contracts only to the extent necessary to manage our exposure. We do not hold or
enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

Credit and liquidity risk

We do have exposure to credit and liquidity risk associated with the financial institutions that hold our cash and
cash  equivalents,  restricted  cash,  available-for-sale  investment  securities,  settlement  assets  due  from  our  retail
distributors that collect funds and fees from our customers, and amounts due from our issuing banks for fees collected
on our behalf.

We manage the credit and liquidity risk associated with our cash and cash equivalents, available-for-sale investment
securities and amounts due from issuing banks by maintaining an investment policy that restricts our correspondent
banking relationships to approved, well capitalized institutions and restricts investments to highly liquid, low credit risk
assets. Our policy has limits related to liquidity ratios, the concentration that we may have with a single institution or
issuer and effective maturity dates as well as restrictions on the type of assets that we may invest in. The management
Asset Liability Committee is responsible for monitoring compliance with our Capital Asset Liability Management policy
and related limits on an ongoing basis, and reports regularly to the audit committee of our board of directors.

Our exposure to credit risk associated with our retail distributors is mitigated due to the short time period, currently
an average of two days that retailer settlement assets are outstanding. We perform an initial credit review and assign
a  credit  limit  to  each  new  retail  distributor.  We  monitor  each  retail  distributor’s  settlement  asset  exposure  and  its
compliance with its specified contractual settlement terms on a daily basis and assess their credit limit and financial
condition on a periodic basis. Our management's Enterprise Risk Management Committee is responsible for monitoring
our retail distributor exposure and assigning credit limits and reports regularly to the audit committee of our board of
directors.

49

ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013
and 2012  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2014,
2013 and 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012  . . . .

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

All financial statement schedules have been omitted, since the required information is not applicable or is not
present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included
in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

50

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Green Dot Corporation

We have audited Green Dot Corporation's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based
on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations
of  the  Treadway  Commission  (2013  framework)  (the  COSO  criteria).  Green  Dot  Corporation's  management  is
responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness
of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control
Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company's internal control over financial
reporting based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining
an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing
and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing
such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies
and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect
the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with
authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have
a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate.

As indicated in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management’s
assessment and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the controls
of Insight Card Services, LLC, SBBT Holdings, LLC and Achieve Financial Services, LLC, which are included in the
2014 consolidated financial statements of Green Dot Corporation and constituted $413.9 million and $375.0 million of
total and net assets, respectively, as of December 31, 2014 and $19.7 million and $5.4 million of revenues and net
loss, respectively, for the year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of Green Dot Corporation
also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of Insight Card Services, LLC, Santa
Barbara Tax Product Group and Achieve Financial Services, LLC.

In  our  opinion,  Green  Dot  Corporation  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial
reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States), the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements
of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 2014 of Green Dot Corporation and our report dated March 2, 2015 expressed an
unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Los Angeles, California
March 2, 2015 

51

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Green Dot Corporation

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Green  Dot  Corporation  (the  Company)  as  of
December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes
in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion
on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial
position of Green Dot Corporation at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and
its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States), Green Dot Corporation's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria
established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated March 2, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Los Angeles, California
March 2, 2015

52

GREEN DOT CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Assets

Current assets:

Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents

Federal funds sold

Restricted cash

Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value

Settlement assets

Accounts receivable, net

Prepaid expenses and other assets

Income tax receivable

Total current assets

Restricted cash

Investment securities, available-for-sale, at fair value

Accounts receivable, net

Loans to bank customers, net of allowance for loan losses of $444 and $464 as of December 31, 2014 and
2013, respectively

Prepaid expenses and other assets

Property and equipment, net

Deferred expenses

Net deferred tax assets

Goodwill and intangible assets

Total assets

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable

Deposits

Obligations to customers

Settlement obligations

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

$

$

Amounts due to card issuing banks for overdrawn accounts

Other accrued liabilities

Deferred revenue

Note payable

Net deferred tax liabilities

Total current liabilities

Other accrued liabilities

Deferred revenue

Note payable

Total liabilities

Stockholders’ equity:

Convertible Series A preferred stock, $0.001 par value: 10 shares authorized as of December 31, 2014
and 2013; 2 and 7 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively

Class A common stock, $0.001 par value; 100,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2014 and 2013;
51,146 and 37,729 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively

Additional paid-in capital

Retained earnings

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Total stockholders’ equity

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

December 31,

2014

2013

(In thousands, except par value)

$

724,158

$

423,498

480

2,015

46,650

148,694

48,904

23,992

16,290

1,011,183

2,152

73,781

13

6,550

11,883

77,284

17,326

6,268

417,200

123

—

116,159

37,004

46,384

27,332

15,573

666,073

2,970

82,585

5,913

6,902

1,081

60,473

15,439

3,362

30,676

1,623,640

$

875,474

36,444

$

565,401

98,052

4,484

1,224

79,137

24,418

22,500

3,995

835,655

31,295

200

127,500

994,650

2

51

383,296

245,693

(52)

628,990

34,940

219,580

65,449

4,839

49,930

35,878

24,517

—

3,716

438,849

34,076

300

—

473,225

7

38

199,251

203,000

(47)

402,249

875,474

See notes to consolidated financial statements

$

1,623,640

$

53

GREEN DOT CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

(In thousands, except per share data)

$

253,155

$

227,227

$

Operating revenues:

Card revenues and other fees

Cash transfer revenues

Interchange revenues

Stock-based retailer incentive compensation

Total operating revenues

Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing expenses

Compensation and benefits expenses

Processing expenses

Other general and administrative expenses

Total operating expenses

Operating income

Interest income

Interest expense

Other income

Income before income taxes

Income tax expense

Net income

Income attributable to preferred stock

Net income allocated to common stockholders

Basic earnings per common share:

Diluted earnings per common share:

Basic weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding:

Diluted weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding:

$

$

$

179,289

178,040

(8,932)

601,552

235,227

123,083

79,053

105,200

542,563

58,989

4,064

(1,276)

7,129

68,906

26,213

42,693

(4,842)

37,851

0.92

0.90

40,907

41,770

$

$

$

183,359

171,757

(8,722)

573,621

218,370

127,287

89,856

88,976

524,489

49,132

3,440

(72)

—

52,500

18,460

34,040

(5,360)

28,680

0.78

0.76

35,875

37,156

$

$

$

224,745

165,232

164,559

(8,251)

546,285

209,870

114,930

77,445

71,900

474,145

72,140

4,074

(76)

—

76,138

28,919

47,219

(7,599)

39,620

1.11

1.07

34,499

35,933

See notes to consolidated financial statements

54

GREEN DOT CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Net income

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Unrealized holding (losses) gains, net of tax

Comprehensive income

2014

Year Ended December 31,

2013

(In thousands)

2012

42,693

$

34,040

$

47,219

(5)

42,688

$

(153)

33,887

$

76

47,295

$

$

See notes to consolidated financial statements

55

l

a
t
o
T

'

l

s
r
e
d
o
h
k
c
o
t
S

y
t
i
u
q
E

l

d
e
t
a
u
m
u
c
c
A

r
e
h
t
O

i

e
v
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

)
s
s
o
L
(
e
m
o
c
n

I

i

d
e
n
a
t
e
R

i

s
g
n
n
r
a
E

l

a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

n
i
-
d
a
P

i

l

a
t
i
p
a
C

t
n
u
o
m
A

s
e
r
a
h
S

t
n
u
o
m
A

s
e
r
a
h
S

t
n
u
o
m
A

s
e
r
a
h
S

k
c
o
t
S

k
c
o
t
S

k
c
o
t
S

n
o
m
m
o
C
B
s
s
a
C

l

n
o
m
m
o
C
A
s
s
a
C

l

d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
P
e
b
i
t
r
e
v
n
o
C

l

I

N
O
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C
T
O
D
N
E
E
R
G

I

Y
T
U
Q
E

'

S
R
E
D
L
O
H
K
C
O
T
S
N

I

S
E
G
N
A
H
C
F
O
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
D
E
T
A
D
L
O
S
N
O
C

I

,

6
9
1
3
5
2

$

0
3

$

,

1
4
7
1
2
1

$

,

3
8
3
1
3
1

$

5

$

0
8
2
5

,

)
s
d
n
a
s
u
o
h
t
n
I
(

8
8
2
6

,

4
3
7
2
1

,

1
5
2
8

,

—

6
7

9
1
2
7
4

,

4
6
7
7
2
3

,

3
7
1
7
1

,

3
0
7
4
1

,

2
2
7
8

,

—

)
3
5
1
(

0
4
0
4
3

,

9
4
2
2
0
4

,

—

1
8
6
0
1

,

9
2
3
0
2

,

2
3
9
8

,

3
9
6
2
4

,

,

1
1
1
4
4
1

)
5
(

—

—

—

—

—

6
7

—

—

—

—

—

9
1
2
7
4

,

—

—

—

8
8
2
6

,

4
3
7
2
1

,

1
5
2
8

,

$

6
0
1

$

0
6
9
8
6
1

,

$

6
5
6
8
5
1

,

$

—

—

—

—

—

$

)
7
4
(

)
3
5
1
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

)
5
(

—

—

—

—

—

0
4
0
4
3

,

—

—

—

0
7
1
7
1

,

3
0
7
4
1

,

2
2
7
8

,

$

0
0
0
3
0
2

,

$

1
5
2
9
9
1

,

$

—

—

—

—

—

—

3
9
6
2
4

,

—

0
8
6
0
1

,

9
2
3
0
2

,

2
3
9
8

,

4
0
1
4
4
1

,

—

—

0
9
9
8
2
6

,

$

)
2
5
(

$

3
9
6
5
4
2

,

$

6
9
2
3
8
3

,

$

—

—

—

)
1
(

—

—

4

2

—

—

)
6
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

2
1
4

$

7
9
1
4

,

—

—

)
5
9
4
1
(

,

—

—

4
1
1
1

,

)
1
1
3
5
(

,

$

$

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0
3

—

—

—

1

—

—

1
3

1

—

—

6

—

—

8
3

1

—

—

5

7

—

—

1
5

$

2
6
1
0
3

,

—

—

1
4
1

—

—

5
9
4
1

,

$

8
9
7
1
3

,

—

—

0
2
6

—

—

1
1
3
5

,

$

9
2
7
7
3

,

7
8
4
1

,

—

—

—

—

5
4
3
5

,

5
8
5
6

,

$

6
4
1
1
5

,

7

—

—

—

—

—

—

7

—

—

—

—

—

—

7

—

—

—

)
5
(

—

—

—

2

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
i
f
d
e
t
a
d

i
l

o
s
n
o
c
o
t
s
e
t
o
n
e
e
S

6
5

$

7

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

1
1
0
2

,

1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a
e
c
n
a
a
B

l

l

t

d
e
a
e
r
d
n
a
s
n
a
p
k
c
o
t
s

l

r
e
d
n
u
d
e
u
s
s

i

k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
C

$

$

$

—

—

—

—

—

—

7

—

—

—

—

—

—

7

—

—

—

)
5
(

—

—

—

2

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.
s
t
c
e

f
f

e
x
a

t

n
o

i
t

a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
S

t

n
o

i
t

a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
e
v
i
t

n
e
c
n

i

r
e

l
i

t

a
e
r
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
S

t

y
b
k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
c
B
s
s
a
C

l

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

f

i

o
n
o
s
r
e
v
n
o
C

l

.
s
r
e
d
o
h
k
c
o
t
s

.

.

e
m
o
c
n

i

t

e
N

2
1
0
2

,

1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a
e
c
n
a
a
B

l

e
m
o
c
n

i

i

e
v
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
O

t

l

t

d
e
a
e
r
d
n
a
s
n
a
p
k
c
o
t
s

l

r
e
d
n
u
d
e
u
s
s

i

k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
C

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.
s
t
c
e

f
f

e
x
a

t

n
o

i
t

a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
S

t

n
o

i
t

a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
e
v
i
t

n
e
c
n

i

r
e

l
i

t

a
e
r
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
S

t

l

t

d
e
a
e
r
d
n
a
s
n
a
p
k
c
o
t
s

l

r
e
d
n
u
d
e
u
s
s

i

k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
C

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.
s
t
c
e

f
f

e
x
a

t

n
o

i
t

a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
S

t

n
o

i
t

a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
e
v
i
t

n
e
c
n

i

r
e

l
i

t

a
e
r
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
S

t

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

k
c
o
t
s
d
e
r
r
e
e
r
p

f

f

i

o
n
o
s
r
e
v
n
o
C

.
s
n
o

i

i
t
i
s
u
q
c
a
o

t

t

d
e
a
e
r

l

s
e
r
a
h
s

f

o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

e
m
o
c
n

i

t

e
N

s
s
o

l

i

e
v
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
O

t

4
1
0
2

,

1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a
e
c
n
a
a
B

l

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

y
b
k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
c
B
s
s
a
C

l

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

f

i

o
n
o
s
r
e
v
n
o
C

l

.
s
r
e
d
o
h
k
c
o
t
s

.

.

e
m
o
c
n

i

t

e
N

s
s
o

l

i

e
v
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
O

t

3
1
0
2

,

1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a
e
c
n
a
a
B

l

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

2014

Year Ended December 31,

2013

(In thousands)

2012

$

42,693

$

34,040

$

47,219

Operating activities

Net income

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
activities:

Depreciation and amortization

Provision for uncollectible overdrawn accounts

Employee stock-based compensation

Stock-based retailer incentive compensation

Amortization of premium on available-for-sale investment securities

Net realized gains on investment securities

Recovery of uncollectible trade receivables

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

Amortization of deferred financing costs

Impairment of capitalized software

Deferred income tax expense

Excess tax benefits from exercise of options

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable, net

Prepaid expenses and other assets

Deferred expenses

Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities

Amounts due issuing bank for overdrawn accounts

Deferred revenue

Income tax receivable

Net cash provided by operating activities

Investing activities

Purchases of available-for-sale investment securities

Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities

Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities

Decrease (increase)  in restricted cash

Payments for acquisition of property and equipment

Net principal collections on loans

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities

Borrowings from note payable

Proceeds from exercise of options

Excess tax benefits from exercise of options

Net increase in deposits

Net (decrease) increase in obligations to customers

Deferred financing costs

Net cash provided by financing activities

36,984

38,273

20,329

8,932

1,105

(44)

(26)

(698)

289

—

463

(3,945)

(30,453)

1,086

(1,887)

925

(48,706)

(319)

3,974

68,975

(212,446)

153,265

136,425

1,360

(39,338)

352

(226,964)

(187,346)

150,000

6,736

3,945

345,821

(79,442)

(7,672)

419,388

27,099

47,273

14,703

8,722

778

(13)

(23)

—

—

5,216

5,464

(2,748)

(48,175)

5,069

(2,929)

26,915

(794)

5,260

(3,349)

122,508

(274,072)

173,135

84,969

(2,336)

(35,742)

650

—

(53,396)

—

14,425

2,748

21,129

19,616

—

57,918

Net increase in unrestricted cash, cash equivalents, and federal funds sold

301,017

127,030

Unrestricted cash, cash equivalents, and federal funds sold, beginning of
year

Unrestricted cash, cash equivalents, and federal funds sold, end of period

Cash paid for interest

Cash paid for income taxes

$

$

$

423,621

724,638

$

1,276

21,602

$

$

296,591

423,621

$

73

16,351

$

$

See notes to consolidated financial statements

57

18,131

62,345

12,734

8,251

1,188

(11)

(359)

—

—

1,029

5,792

(2,738)

(66,099)

(21,325)

94

31,475

7,571

(1,962)

(1,307)

102,028

(271,869)

37,563

81,474

12,292

(40,441)

2,484

(31,823)

(210,320)

—

3,550

2,738

159,494

13,668

—

179,450

71,158

225,433

296,591

98

28,203

GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1—Organization

Green Dot Corporation (“we,” “us” and “our” refer to Green Dot Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries) is
a pro-consumer technology innovator with a mission to reinvent personal banking for the masses. Our products and
services include: Green Dot MasterCard and Visa-branded prepaid debit cards and several co-branded reloadable
prepaid card programs, collectively referred to as our GPR cards; Visa-branded gift cards; checking account products,
such as GoBank, an innovative checking account developed for use via mobile phones that is available at Walmart
and online; our swipe reload and MoneyPak proprietary products, collectively referred to as our cash transfer products,
which enable cash loading and transfer services through our Green Dot Network. The Green Dot Network enables
consumers to use cash to reload our prepaid debit cards or to transfer cash to any of our Green Dot Network acceptance
members, including competing prepaid card programs and other online accounts; and tax refund processing services
designed to facilitate the secure receipt of funds claimed by a taxpayer as a refund on a taxpayer's tax return. 

Our  products  and  services  are  available  to  consumers  in  more  than  100,000  U.S.  retail  stores,  thousands  of
neighborhood financial service center locations, online, and in app stores. We are also the tax refund processing
service provider for four out of the six leading consumer online and in-person tax preparation companies. 

We market our products and services to banked, underbanked and unbanked consumers in the United States.
We use distribution channels other than traditional bank branches to market our GPR cards, checking accounts and
cash transfer services, such as third-party retailer locations nationwide, financial service centers, and the Internet. Our
prepaid debit cards are issued by our wholly-owned subsidiary, Green Dot Bank and third-party issuing banks including
The Bancorp Bank, Sunrise Banks, N.A., and prior to February 2014, GE Capital Retail Bank. We also have multi-
year distribution arrangements with many large and medium-sized retailers, such as Walmart, Walgreens, CVS, Rite
Aid, 7-Eleven, Kroger, Kmart, and Dollar Tree, and with various industry resellers, such as Blackhawk Network and
Incomm. We refer to participating retailers collectively as our “retail distributors.” Our tax refund processing services
are integrated into the offerings of the nation’s leading tax software companies, which, together, enable us to serve
approximately 25,000 independent online and in-person tax preparers and accountants nationwide. 

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

Our consolidated financial statements include the results of entities that we control through a 50% or more ownership
interest. We prepared the accompanying consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles in the United States of America, or GAAP. We eliminated all significant intercompany balances
and  transactions  in  consolidation.  We  include  the  results  of  operations  of  acquired  companies  from  the  date  of
acquisition.

Use of Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements, including the accompanying notes. We base
our  estimates  and  assumptions  on  historical  factors,  current  circumstances,  and  the  experience  and  judgment  of
management. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.

Unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents and Federal Funds Sold

We  consider  all  unrestricted  highly  liquid  investments  with  an  original  maturity  of  three  months  or  less  to  be
unrestricted cash and cash equivalents. Federal funds sold consist of unsecured overnight advances of excess balances
in our bank reserve account and are included in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents on our consolidated statements
of cash flows.

Investment Securities

Our investment portfolio is primarily comprised of fixed income securities. We classify these securities as available-
for-sale and report them at fair value with the related unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, included in accumulated
other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders’ equity. We classify investment securities with original
maturities greater than 90 days, but less than or equal to 365 days as current assets.

58

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

We regularly evaluate each fixed income security where the value has declined below amortized cost to assess
whether the decline in fair value is other-than-temporary. In determining whether an impairment is other-than-temporary,
we consider the severity and duration of the decline in fair value, the length of time expected for recovery, the financial
condition of the issuer, and other qualitative factors, as well as whether we either plan to sell the security or it is more-
likely-than-not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost. If the impairment of
the investment security is credit-related, an other-than-temporary impairment is recorded in earnings. We recognize
non-credit-related impairment in accumulated other comprehensive income. If we intend to sell an investment security
or believe we will more-likely-than-not be required to sell a security, we record the full amount of the impairment as an
other-than-temporary impairment.

Interest on fixed income securities, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, is included in

interest income.

Obligations to Customers and Settlement Assets and Obligations

Our retail distributors collect customer funds for purchases of new cards and reloads at the point of sale and then
remit these funds directly to bank accounts established for the benefit of these customers by the banks that issue our
cards. During the third quarter of 2012, our retail distributors began remitting these funds to our subsidiary bank as we
transitioned our card issuing program from Synovus Bank to our subsidiary bank, and during the first quarter of 2014,
we also transitioned our card issuing program with GE Capital Bank to our subsidiary bank. Our retail distributors’
remittance of these funds takes an average of two business days.

Settlement assets represent the amounts due from our retail distributors for customer funds collected at the point
of sale that have not yet been received by our subsidiary bank. Obligations to customers represent customer funds
collected from or to be remitted by our retail distributors for which the underlying products have not been activated.
Settlement obligations represent the customer funds received by our subsidiary bank that are due to third-party card
issuing banks upon activation.

Accounts Receivable, net

Accounts  receivable  is  comprised  principally  of  receivables  due  from  card  issuing  banks,  overdrawn  account
balances due from cardholders, trade accounts receivable, fee advances and other receivables. We record accounts
receivable net of reserves for estimated uncollectible accounts. Receivables due from card issuing banks primarily
represent revenue-related funds held at the third-party card issuing banks related to our gift card program that have
yet to be remitted to us. These receivables are generally collected within a short period of time based on the remittance
terms in our agreements with the third-party card issuing banks. Fee advances represent short-term advances to in-
person tax return preparation companies made prior to and during tax season. These advances are collateralized by
their clients' tax preparation fees and are generally collected within a short period of time as the in-person tax preparation
companies begin preparing and processing their clients' tax refunds.

Overdrawn Account Balances Due from Cardholders and Reserve for Uncollectible Overdrawn Accounts

Our cardholder accounts may become overdrawn as a result of maintenance fee assessments or from purchase
transactions that we honor, in excess of the funds in a cardholder’s account. We are exposed to losses from any
unrecovered overdrawn account balances. We establish a reserve for uncollectible overdrawn accounts. We classify
overdrawn accounts into age groups based on the number of days that have elapsed since an account last had activity,
such as a purchase, ATM transaction or maintenance fee assessment. We calculate a reserve factor for each age
group based on the average recovery rate for the most recent six months. These factors are applied to these age
groups to estimate our overall reserve. When more than 90 days have passed without activity in an account, we consider
recovery to be remote and write off the full amount of the overdrawn account balance. We include our provision for
uncollectible overdrawn accounts related to maintenance fees and purchase transactions as an offset to card revenues
and other  fees and in other general and administrative expenses, respectively, in the accompanying consolidated
statements of operations.

Restricted Cash

At December 31, 2014, restricted cash included funds held in an escrow account under the terms of a purchase
agreement related to one of our business acquisitions. Additionally, we collected funds in advance from certain retail
distributors. At December 31, 2013, we maintained restricted deposits in bank accounts to collateralize a standby letter
of credit that guarantees our full performance of our obligations under our ten-year office lease in Pasadena, California.

59

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Loans to Bank Customers

We report loans measured at historical cost at their outstanding principal balances, net of any charge-offs, and for

purchased loans, net of any unaccreted discounts. We recognize interest income as it is earned.

Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans

In connection with our acquisition of Green Dot Bank, we acquired loans and recorded them at fair value on the
acquisition date. Some of our purchased loans had evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination. We consider
purchased loans to be impaired if we do not expect to receive all contractually required cash flows due to concerns
about credit quality. The excess of the cash flows expected to be collected measured as of the acquisition date, over
the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income over the remaining
life of the loan using a level yield methodology. The difference between contractually-required payments as of the
acquisition date and the cash flows expected to be collected is referred to as the nonaccretable difference. 

We determine the initial fair values of purchased credit-impaired loans, or PCI loans, using a discounted cash flow
model based on assumptions about the amount and timing of principal and interest payments, estimates of principal
losses and current market rates. If there are subsequent decreases in expected principal cash flows, we record a
charge to the provision for credit losses and a corresponding increase to the allowance for loan losses. If there are
subsequent increases in expected principal cash flows, we record a recovery of any previously recorded allowance
for loan losses, to the extent applicable, and a reclassification from nonaccretable difference to accretable yield for
any remaining increase.

Since PCI loans are recorded at fair value at the acquisition date, we do not classify these loans as nonperforming
as the loans were written down to fair value at the acquisition date and the accretable yield is recognized in interest
income over the remaining life of the loan. 

Nonperforming Loans

Nonperforming loans generally include loans, other than PCI loans, that have been placed on nonaccrual status.
We generally place loans on nonaccrual status when they are past due 90 days or more. We reverse the related
accrued interest receivable and apply interest collections on nonaccruing loans as principal reductions; otherwise, we
credit such collections to interest income when received. These loans may be restored to accrual status when all
principal and interest is current and full repayment of the remaining contractual principal and interest is expected.

We consider a loan to be impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according
to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Once we determine a loan to be impaired, we measure the impairment
based on the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate. We may
also measure impairment based on observable market prices, or for loans that are solely dependent on the collateral
for  repayment,  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  collateral  less  estimated  costs  to  sell.  If  the  recorded  investment  in
impaired loans exceeds this amount, we establish a specific allowance as a component of the allowance for loan losses
or by adjusting an existing valuation allowance for the impaired loan.

Allowance for Loan Losses 

We establish an allowance for loan losses to account for estimated credit losses inherent in our loan portfolio. For
the portfolio of loans excluding impaired and PCI loans, our estimate of inherent losses is separately calculated on an
aggregate basis for groups of loans that are considered to have similar credit characteristics and risk of loss. We
analyze historical loss rates for these groups and then adjust the rates for qualitative factors which in our judgment
affect the expected inherent losses. Qualitative considerations include, but are not limited to, prevailing economic or
market  conditions,  changes  in  the  loan  grading  and  underwriting  process,  changes  in  the  estimated  value  of  the
underlying  collateral  for  collateral  dependent  loans,  delinquency  and  nonaccrual  status,  problem  loan  trends,  and
geographic  concentrations. We separately establish specific allowances for impaired and PCI loans based on the
present value of changes in cash flows expected to be collected, or for impaired loans that are considered collateral
dependent, the estimated fair value of the collateral. 

60

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Property and Equipment

We  carry  our  property  and  equipment  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization.  We  generally
compute depreciation on property and equipment using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets, except for land, which is not depreciated. We generally compute amortization on tenant improvements using
the straight-line method over the shorter of the related lease term or estimated useful lives of the improvements. We
expense expenditures for maintenance and repairs as incurred.

We capitalize certain internal and external costs incurred to develop internal-use software during the application
development stage. We also capitalize the cost of specified upgrades and enhancements to internal-use software that
result in additional functionality. Once a development project is substantially complete and the software is ready for its
intended use, we begin depreciating these costs on a straight-line basis over the internal-use software’s estimated
useful life.

The estimated useful lives of the respective classes of assets are as follows:

Land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A
Building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 years
Computer equipment, furniture and office equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 years
Computer software purchased . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 years
Capitalized internal-use software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 years
Tenant improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shorter of the useful life or the lease term

Impairment of Long Lived Assets

We  evaluate  long-lived  assets  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the
carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the sum of expected undiscounted future cash flows from an
asset is less than the carrying amount of the asset, we estimate the fair value of the assets. We measure the loss as
the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds its fair value calculated using the present value of estimated net
future cash flows. Included in other general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations
for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2014,  2013  and  2012  were  $0,  $5.2  million  and  $1.0  million,  respectively,  of
recognized impairment losses on internal-use software and no such impairment losses were recognized during the
year ended 2014.

Business Acquisitions

We allocate the purchase price of business acquisitions to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on
their estimated fair value. The excess of the purchase price over estimated fair value of the net identifiable assets is
allocated to goodwill. Determining the fair value of assets and liabilities requires various assumptions and estimates.
These estimates and assumptions are refined with adjustments recorded to goodwill as information is gathered and
final  valuations  are  completed  over  a  one-year  measurement  period. The  changes  in  these  estimates  or  different
assumptions used in determining these estimates could impact the amount of assets, including goodwill, and liabilities
recorded on our consolidated balance sheet and could impact our operating results subsequent to such acquisition.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill is the purchase premium after adjusting for the fair value of net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized
but is reviewed for potential impairment on an annual basis, or when events or circumstances indicate a potential
impairment, at the reporting unit level.  A reporting unit, as defined under applicable accounting guidance, is an operating
segment or one level below an operating segment, referred to as a component. We may in any given period bypass
the  qualitative  assessment  and  proceed  directly  to  a  two-step  method  to  assess  and  measure  impairment  of  the
reporting  unit's  goodwill.  We  first  assess  qualitative  factors  to  determine  whether  it  is  more  likely-than-not  (i.e.,  a
likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. This step serves
as the basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative impairment test. The first step
of the quantitative impairment test involves a comparison of the estimated fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying
amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the
reporting unit is not impaired; however, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, 

61

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

then the second step of the quantitative impairment test must be performed. The second step compares the implied
fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with its carrying amount to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. 

The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a
business combination. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that
goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

For  intangible  assets  subject  to  amortization,  we  recognize  an  impairment  loss  if  the  carrying  amount  of  the
intangible asset is not recoverable and exceeds its estimated fair value. The carrying amount of the intangible asset
is considered not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of
the asset.

No impairment charges were recognized related to goodwill or intangible assets for the years ended December 31,

2014, 2013 and 2012.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which is
our best estimate of the pattern of economic benefit, based on legal, contractual, and other provisions. The estimated
useful lives of the intangible assets, which consist primarily of customer relationships and trade names, range from
5-15 years.

Amounts Due to Card Issuing Banks for Overdrawn Accounts

Our third-party card issuing banks fund overdrawn cardholder account balances on our behalf. Amounts funded
are due from us to the card issuing banks based on terms specified in the agreements with the card issuing banks.
Generally, we expect to settle these obligations within two months. In February 2014, we completed the transition of
all outstanding customer deposits associated with our GPR card program with GE Capital Retail Bank to Green Dot
Bank. In conjunction with this transition, we made a payment of approximately $50 million to GE Capital Retail Bank
to settle our liability associated with overdrawn cardholder account balances.

Fair Value

Under applicable accounting guidance, fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an
asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability
in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.

We  determine the fair values of our financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established under
applicable accounting guidance which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the
use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The following describes the three-level hierarchy:

Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 assets and liabilities
include debt and equity securities and derivative contracts that are traded in an active exchange market, as well as
certain U.S. Treasury securities that are highly liquid and are actively traded in over-the-counter markets.

Level 2 – Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted
prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market
data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 2 assets and liabilities include fixed income securities
with quoted prices that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments. This category generally includes
U.S. government and agency mortgage-backed fixed income securities and corporate fixed income securities.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the overall
fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments for which the determination
of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. The fair value for such assets and liabilities is
generally  determined  using  pricing  models,  market  comparables,  discounted  cash  flow  methodologies  or  similar
techniques that incorporate the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability. This category
generally includes certain private equity investments and certain asset-backed securities.

Revenue Recognition

Our operating revenues consist of card revenues and other fees, cash transfer revenues and interchange revenues.
We recognize revenue when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the
product is sold or the service is performed, and collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.

62

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Card revenues and other fees consist of monthly maintenance fees, ATM fees, new card fees and other revenues.
We charge maintenance fees on a monthly basis pursuant to the terms and conditions in the applicable cardholder
agreements. We recognize monthly maintenance fees ratably over the month for which they are assessed. We charge
ATM fees to cardholders when they withdraw money at certain ATMs in accordance with the terms and conditions in
our cardholder agreements. We recognize ATM fees when the withdrawal is made by the cardholder, which is the same
time our service is completed and the fees are assessed. We charge new card fees when a consumer purchases a
new card in a retail store. We defer and recognize new card fee revenues on a straight-line basis over our average
card lifetime, which is currently six months for both our GPR and our gift cards. We determine the average card lifetime
based on our recent historical data for comparable products. We measure card lifetime for our GPR cards as the period
of time, inclusive of reload activity, between sale (or activation) of the card and the date of the last positive balance.
We measure the card lifetime for our gift cards as the redemption period during which cardholders perform the substantial
majority of their transactions. We reassess average card lifetime quarterly. We report the unearned portion of new card
fees as a component of deferred revenue in our consolidated balance sheets. Other revenues consist primarily of
revenue associated with our gift card program, transaction-based fees and fees associated with optional products or
services,  which  we  offer  to  cardholders  from  time-to-time.  We  generally  recognize  these  revenues  as  purchase
transactions occur or when the underlying services are completed.

We generate cash transfer revenues when consumers purchase our cash transfer products (reload services) in a
retail store. We recognize these revenues when the cash transfer transactions are completed, generally within two
business days from the time of sale of these products.

We earn interchange revenues from fees remitted by the merchant’s bank, which are based on rates established
by the payment networks, such as Visa and MasterCard, when cardholders make purchase transactions using our
cards. We recognize interchange revenues as these transactions occur.

We report our different types of revenues on a gross or net basis based on our assessment of whether we act as
a principal or an agent in the transaction. To the extent we act as a principal in the transaction, we report revenues on
a  gross  basis.  In  concluding  whether  or  not  we  act  as  a  principal  or  an  agent,  we  evaluate  whether  we  have  the
substantial risks and rewards under the terms of the revenue-generating arrangements, whether we are the party
responsible for fulfillment of the services purchased by the cardholders, among other factors. For all of our significant
revenue-generating arrangements, including GPR and gift cards, we record revenues on a gross basis. 

We earn tax refund processing service revenues when a customer of a third party tax preparation company chooses
to pay their tax preparation fee through the use of our tax refund processing services. We recognize tax refund processing
service revenues as we remit tax return proceeds to the taxpayer. We act as an agent in these transactions and record
revenues on a net basis. Tax refund processing service revenues were included in the cash transfer revenues caption
on our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Generally, customers have limited rights to a refund of a new card fee or a cash transfer fee. We have elected to
recognize revenues prior to the expiration of the refund period, but reduce revenues by the amount of expected refunds,
which we estimate based on actual historical refunds.

On  occasion,  we  enter  into  incentive  agreements  with  our  retail  distributors  and  offer  incentives  to  customers
designed to increase product acceptance and sales volume. We record incentive payments, including the issuance of
equity instruments, as a reduction of revenues and recognize them over the period the related revenues are recognized
or as services are rendered, as applicable.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of sales commissions, advertising and marketing expenses, and
the costs of manufacturing and distributing card packages, placards, and promotional materials to our retail distributors’
locations and personalized GPR cards to consumers who have activated their cards.

We pay our retail distributors and brokers commissions based on sales of our prepaid debit cards and cash transfer
products in their stores. We defer and expense commissions related to new cards sales ratably over the average card
lifetime, which is currently six months for both our GPR and our gift cards. Absent a new card fee, we expense the
related commissions immediately. We expense commissions related to cash transfer products when the cash transfer

63

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

transactions  are  completed.  We  expense  costs  for  the  production  of  advertising  as  incurred.  The  cost  of  media
advertising is expensed when the advertising first takes place. We record the costs associated with card packages
and placards as prepaid expenses, and we record the costs associated with personalized GPR cards as deferred
expenses. We recognize the prepaid cost of card packages and placards over the related sales period, and we amortize
the deferred cost of personalized GPR cards, when activated, over the average card lifetime.

Our sales commissions, advertising and marketing expenses and manufacturing and distributing costs were as

follows:

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

(In thousands)

Sales commissions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

180,334

$

161,859

$

Advertising and marketing expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Manufacturing and distributing costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6,818

48,075

10,369

46,142

Sales and marketing expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

235,227

$

218,370

$

145,462

21,765

42,643

209,870

Included in our manufacturing and distributing costs were shipping and handling costs of $3.1 million, $4.0 million
and $3.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. Also included in our manufacturing and
distributing costs were liabilities that we incurred for use tax to various states related to purchases of materials since
we do not charge sales tax to customers when new cards or cash transfer transactions are purchased.

Employee Stock-Based Compensation

We record employee stock-based compensation expense using the fair value method of accounting. For stock
options and stock purchases under our employee stock purchase plan, or ESPP, we base compensation expense on
fair  values  estimated  at  the  grant  date  using  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model.  For  stock  awards,  including
restricted stock units, we base compensation expense on the fair value of our common stock at the grant date. We
recognize compensation expense for awards with only service conditions that have graded vesting schedules on a
straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award. Vesting is based upon continued service to our company.

Income Taxes

Our income tax expense is comprised of current and deferred income tax expense. Current income tax expense
approximates taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period. Deferred income tax expense results from the changes
in  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  during  the  periods.  These  gross  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  represent
decreases or increases in taxes expected to be paid in the future because of future reversals of temporary differences
between the basis of assets and liabilities as measured by tax laws and their basis as reported in our consolidated
financial statements. We also recognize deferred tax assets for tax attributes such as net operating loss carryforwards
and tax credit carryforwards. We record valuation allowances to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts we conclude
are more likely-than-not to be realized in the foreseeable future. 

We recognize and measure income tax benefits based upon a two-step model: 1) a tax position must be more
likely-than-not to be sustained based solely on its technical merits in order to be recognized, and 2) the benefit is
measured as the largest dollar amount of that position that is more likely-than-not to be sustained upon settlement.
The difference between the benefit recognized for a position and the tax benefit claimed on a tax return is referred to
as an unrecognized tax benefit. We accrue income tax related interest and penalties, if applicable, within income tax
expense.

Earnings Per Common Share

We  apply  the  two-class  method  in  calculating  earnings  per  common  share,  or  EPS,  because  our  preferred
stockholders are entitled to participate with our common stockholders in the distributions of earnings through dividends.
The two-class method requires net income, after deduction of any preferred stock dividends, deemed dividends on
preferred stock redemptions, and accretions in the carrying value on preferred stock, to be allocated between each
class or series of common and preferred stockholders based on their respective rights to receive dividends, whether
or not declared. Basic EPS is then calculated by dividing net income allocated to each class of common stockholders
by the respective weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding.

64

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

We divide adjusted net income for each class of common stock by the respective weighted-average number of
the common shares issued and outstanding for each period plus amounts representing the dilutive effect of outstanding
stock options, restricted stock units, outstanding warrants, shares to be purchased under our employee stock purchase
plan and the dilution resulting from the conversion of convertible securities, if applicable. We exclude the effects of
convertible securities, outstanding warrants and stock options from the computation of diluted EPS in periods in which
the effect would be anti-dilutive. We calculate dilutive potential common shares using the treasury stock method, if-
converted method and the two-class method, as applicable.

Regulatory Matters and Capital Adequacy

As a bank holding company, we are subject to comprehensive supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve
Board and must comply with applicable regulations, including minimum capital and leverage requirements. If we fail
to  comply  with  any  of  these  requirements,  we  may  become  subject  to  formal  or  informal  enforcement  actions,
proceedings,  or  investigations,  which  could  result  in  regulatory  orders,  restrictions  on  our  business  operations  or
requirements to take corrective actions, which may, individually or in the aggregate, affect our results of operations
and restrict our ability to grow. If we fail to comply with the applicable capital and leverage requirements, or if our
subsidiary bank fails to comply with its applicable capital and leverage requirements, the Federal Reserve Board may
limit our or Green Dot Bank's ability to pay dividends. In addition, as a bank holding company and a financial holding
company, we are generally prohibited from engaging, directly or indirectly, in any activities other than those permissible
for bank holding companies and financial holding companies. This restriction might limit our ability to pursue future
business opportunities which we might otherwise consider but which might fall outside the scope of permissible activities.
We may also be required to serve as a “source of strength” to Green Dot Bank if it becomes less than adequately
capitalized.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU")
No. 2014-04, Receivables - Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors ("ASU 2014-04"), which intends to clarify when
a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing
a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan should be derecognized and the real estate recognized. ASU 2014-04
is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014.
We will adopt this standard effective January 1, 2015. Our adoption of ASU 2014-14 is not expected to have a material
impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("ASU 2014-09"), which
supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to
recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the
consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 defines a five step
process  to  achieve  this  core  principle  and,  in  doing  so,  more  judgment  and  estimates  may  be  required  within  the
revenue recognition process than are required under existing GAAP. 

The standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods therein, using
either of the following transition methods: (i) a full retrospective approach reflecting the application of the standard in
each prior reporting period with the option to elect certain practical expedients, or (ii) a retrospective approach with
the cumulative effect of initially adopting ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date of adoption (which includes additional
footnote  disclosures).  We  are  currently  evaluating  the  impact  of  our  pending  adoption  of  ASU  2014-09  on  our
consolidated financial statements and have not yet determined the method by which we will adopt the standard in
2017.

Note 3—Business Acquisitions

SBBT Holdings, LLC

On October 23, 2014, we completed our acquisition of SBBT Holdings, LLC ("TPG"),  a provider of integrated tax
refund  processing  services.  TPG's  services  are  integrated  into  the  offerings  of  the  nation's  leading  tax  software
companies, which enables TPG to serve approximately 25,000 independent tax preparers and accountants nationwide.
This transaction, which was accounted for as a business combination, will allow us to expand into TPG's core customer
segment by adding tax refund processing services for millions of tax filers through distribution partnerships with many
of America’s largest and best known tax preparation companies and thousands of independent tax preparers.

65

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 3—Business Acquisitions (continued)

In connection with the acquisition, total consideration amounted to approximately $358.5 million, which included
cash, stock and an earn-out payable. We financed the transaction with $204.5 million in cash, of which $150.0 million
was raised from our Term Facility, as discussed in Note 10 — Note Payable, and 6.1 million shares of our Class A
common stock at a closing price of $21.86 (of which 1.1 million shares were deposited in an escrow fund to serve as
a source of payment of any indemnification obligations). 

Additionally, the transaction terms include a potential $80.0 million cash earn-out payable to the former owners of

TPG based on TPG meeting certain pre-determined performance targets over the next three years.

The following table summarizes the preliminary purchase price consideration. 

Cash, including proceeds from Term Loan

Fair value of shares of Class A common stock issued

Fair value of contingent consideration

Total consideration

The preliminary allocation of the purchase price is as follows:

Assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Accounts receivable, net

Prepaid expenses and other assets

Property and equipment, net

Intangible assets

Goodwill

Total assets:

Liabilities:

Accounts payable and other liabilities

Other liabilities

Total liabilities:

Net assets acquired

$

$

$

Consideration

(In thousands)

204,471

134,074

20,000

358,545

October 23, 2014

(In thousands)

2,154

1,883

642

5,590

251,500

100,892

362,661

2,045

2,071

4,116

$

358,545

We have not yet completed our final allocation of the total purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities
assumed.  We have made a preliminary allocation of the estimated purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities
assumed based on their estimated fair value at the date of purchase. During the measurement period, we may adjust
the provisional allocation of the estimated purchase price for new information obtained about facts and circumstances
that existed as of the acquisition date, that if known, would have affected the measurements of the amounts recognized
at that date.  Upon completion of our purchase accounting, we may make additional adjustments, and the valuations
for the assets and liabilities may change.

Goodwill of $100.9 million represents the excess of the purchase price over the preliminary estimate of the fair
value of the underlying identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The goodwill arises
from the opportunity for synergies and economies of scale from the combined companies, and expanding our reach
into TPG's core customer segment by adding our financial products and services. Although the goodwill will not be
amortized for financial reporting purposes, it is anticipated that substantially all of the goodwill will be deductible for
federal tax purposes over the statutory period of 15 years.  

66

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 3—Business Acquisitions (continued)

Intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships and trade name of $215.0 million and $36.5 million,

respectively.  Each will be amortized over their estimated useful lives of 15 years.

Our acquisition of TPG was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, with the operating results of
TPG included in our consolidated statements of operations from October 24, 2014 to December 31, 2014.  Revenues
and net losses for this period were $0.4 million and $7.6 million, respectively.  TPG did not contribute a material amount
of revenue during this period because TPG earns substantially all of its revenues and income during the tax season
(January through April). We included TPG's revenues in cash transfer revenues on our consolidated statement of
operations.

We incurred transaction costs of approximately $6.2 million in connection with the acquisition, which are included
in other general and administrative expenses on our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December
31, 2014.

Unaudited pro forma financial information

The following unaudited pro forma summary financial results present the consolidated results of operations as if
the acquisition of TPG had occurred as of January 1, 2013, after the effect of certain adjustments, including interest
expense on the debt used to fund the purchase, amortization of certain identifiable intangible assets, income and
expense items not attributable to ongoing operations and related tax effects. The unaudited pro forma condensed
consolidated  statement  of  operations  does  not  include  any  adjustments  for  any  restructuring  activities,  operating
efficiencies or cost savings.  The pro forma results have been presented for comparative purposes only and are not
indicative of what would have occurred had the TPG acquisition been made as of January 1, 2013, or of any potential
results which may occur in the future.

Net revenues

Net income attributable to common stock

Basic earnings per common share

Diluted earnings per common share

Basic weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding

Diluted weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding

Other

December 31,

2014

2013

(In thousands, except per share data)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

681,506

60,458

1.32

1.30

45,863

46,726

655,060

40,439

0.96

0.94

42,008

43,289

We also completed two other business acquisitions during 2014 for an aggregate cash consideration of $25.5
million, equity consideration of $10.0 million, consisting of 0.5 million shares of our Class A common stock, and contingent
consideration of $4.1 million. Of the total consideration, we allocated $16.5 million to goodwill, $22.2 million to intangible
assets and $0.9 million to net assets acquired, including $1.6 million of cash acquired. The intangible assets consist
primarily of customer relationships that will be amortized over 5 to 10 years. These acquisitions were not material,
individually or in the aggregate. We have not yet completed our final allocation of the total purchase price to the assets
acquired and liabilities assumed for one of these acquisitions. Upon completion of our purchase accounting, we may
make additional adjustments, and the valuations for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed could change.

67

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 4—Investment Securities

Our available-for-sale investment securities were as follows:

December 31, 2014

Corporate bonds

Commercial paper

U.S. Treasury notes

Agency securities

Mortgage-backed securities

Municipal bonds

Asset-backed securities

Total investment securities

December 31, 2013

Corporate bonds

Commercial paper

Negotiable certificate of deposit

U.S. Treasury notes

Agency securities

Mortgage-backed securities

Municipal bonds

Asset-backed securities

Total investment securities

Amortized cost

Gross unrealized
gains

Gross unrealized
losses

Fair value

(In thousands)

$

40,433

$

7,648

14,782

2,950

35,420

5,555

13,727

4

1

5

—

119

61

—

$

(48) $

—

(16)

—

(177)

(21)

(12)

40,389

7,649

14,771

2,950

35,362

5,595

13,715

$

$

120,515

$

190

$

(274) $

120,431

70,965

$

49,307

4,400

14,265

14,946

4,169

19,017

21,750

45

15

3

14

13

—

28

9

$

(13) $

(1)

—

(1)

—

(168)

(14)

(5)

70,997

49,321

4,403

14,278

14,959

4,001

19,031

21,754

$

198,819

$

127

$

(202) $

198,744

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the gross unrealized losses and fair values of available-for-sale investment

securities that were in unrealized loss positions were as follows:

Less than 12 months

12 months or more

Fair value

Unrealized
loss

Fair value

Unrealized
loss

Total
fair value

Total
unrealized loss

(In thousands)

December 31, 2014

Corporate bonds

U.S. Treasury notes

Mortgage-backed securities

Municipal bonds

Asset-backed securities

Total investment securities

December 31, 2013

Corporate bonds

Commercial paper

U.S. Treasury notes

Mortgage-backed securities

Municipal bonds

Asset-backed securities

$

33,348

$

(48) $

— $

— $

33,348

$

$

$

6,068

21,495

—

12,254

(16)

(163)

—

(12)

—

1,143

419

—

73,165

$

(239) $

1,562

$

—

(14)

(21)

— $

(35) $

6,068

22,638

419

12,254

74,727

$

$

24,104

$

(13) $

— $

— $

24,104

$

4,490

5,212

4,002

8,546

11,797

(1)

(1)

(168)

(14)

(5)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

4,490

5,212

4,002

8,546

11,797

Total investment securities

$

58,151

$

(202) $

— $

— $

58,151

$

(48)

(16)

(177)

(21)

(12)

(274)

(13)

(1)

(1)

(168)

(14)

(5)

(202)

We did not record any other-than-temporary impairment losses during the years ended December 31, 2014 and
2013 on our available-for-sale investment securities. We do not intend to sell these investments or we have determined
that it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell these investments before recovery of their amortized
cost bases, which may be at maturity.

68

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 4 — Investment Securities (continued)

As of December 31, 2014, the contractual maturities of our available-for-sale investment securities were as follows:

Due in one year or less

Due after one year through five years

Due after five years through ten years

Due after ten years

Mortgage and asset-backed securities

Total investment securities

Amortized cost

Fair value

$

$

(In thousands)

46,665

$

23,056

332

1,315

49,147

120,515

$

46,650

23,027

336

1,341

49,077

120,431

The expected payments on mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities may not coincide with their contractual

maturities because the issuers have the right to call or prepay certain obligations.

Note 5—Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following:

Overdrawn account balances due from cardholders

Reserve for uncollectible overdrawn accounts

Net overdrawn account balances due from cardholders

Trade receivables

Reserve for uncollectible trade receivables

Net trade receivables

Receivables due from card issuing banks

Fee advances

Other receivables

Accounts receivable, net

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

$

(In thousands)

14,412

$

(11,196)

3,216

8,265

(16)

8,249

28,349

6,545

2,558

$

48,917

$

14,749

(10,363)

4,386

4,302

(42)

4,260

42,137

—

1,514

52,297

Activity in the reserve for uncollectible overdrawn accounts consisted of the following:

Balance, beginning of period

Provision for uncollectible overdrawn accounts:

Fees

Purchase transactions

Charge-offs

Balance, end of period

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

(In thousands)

10,363

$

15,677

$

15,309

34,057

4,216

(37,440)

45,048

2,225

(52,587)

11,196

$

10,363

$

59,445

2,900

(61,977)

15,677

$

$

69

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 6—Loans to Bank Customers

The following table presents total outstanding loans, gross of the related allowance for loan losses, and a summary

of the related payment status:

December 31, 2014

Real estate

Commercial

Installment

Total loans

Percentage of outstanding

December 31, 2013

Real estate

Commercial

Installment

Total loans

30-59 Days
Past Due

60-89 Days
Past Due

90 Days or
More Past
Due

Total Past
Due

Total Current or
Less Than 30 Days
Past Due

Total
Outstanding

(In thousands)

$

$

$

$

— $

— $

— $

— $

3,861

$

—

1

1

$

—

3

3

$

—

4

4

—%

—%

0.1%

— $

— $

—

—

—

—

— $

— $

11

—

3

14

—

8

8

0.1%

11

—

3

14

$

$

$

$

$

$

697

2,428

6,986

99.9%

3,372

1,474

2,506

7,352

$

$

$

3,861

697

2,436

6,994

100.0%

3,383

1,474

2,509

7,366

Percentage of outstanding

—%

—%

0.2%

0.2%

99.8%

100.0%

Nonperforming Loans

The following table presents the carrying value, gross of the related allowance for loan losses, of our nonperforming
loans, other than purchased credit impaired, or PCI loans. See Note 2–Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for
further information on the criteria for classification as nonperforming.

Real estate

Commercial

Installment

Total loans

Credit Quality Indicators

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

$

$

(In thousands)

54

31

104

189

$

$

117

106

250

473

We closely monitor and assess the credit quality and credit risk of our loan portfolio on an ongoing basis. We
continuously review and update loan risk classifications. We evaluate our loans using non-classified or classified as
the primary credit quality indicator. Classified loans are those loans that have demonstrated credit weakness where
we  believe  there  is  a  heightened  risk  of  principal  loss,  including  all  impaired  loans.  Classified  loans  are  generally
internally categorized as substandard, doubtful, or loss, consistent with regulatory guidelines.

The table below presents the carrying value, gross of the related allowance for loan losses, of our loans within the

primary credit quality indicators related to our loan portfolio:

Real estate

Commercial

Installment

Total loans

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

Non-Classified

Classified

Non-Classified

Classified

$

$

(In thousands)

3,604

$

257

$

3,003

$

635

2,306

6,545

$

62

130

449

1,323

2,058

$

6,384

$

380

151

451

982

70

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 6—Loans to Bank Customers (continued)

Impaired Loans and Troubled Debt Restructurings

When, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, we grant a concession for other
than an insignificant period of time to a borrower that we would not otherwise consider, the related loan is classified
as a Troubled Debt Restructuring, or TDR. Our TDR modifications related to extensions of the maturity dates at a
stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk. The following table presents our
impaired loans and loans that we modified in TDRs as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

Real estate

Commercial

Installment

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

Unpaid Principal
Balance

Carrying Value

Unpaid Principal
Balance

Carrying Value

$

97

$

270

367

(In thousands)

$

54

31

104

$

194

344

500

117

106

250

Allowance for Loan Losses

Activity in the allowance for loan losses consisted of the following:

Balance, beginning of period

Provision for loans

Loans charged off

Recoveries of loans previously charged off

Balance, end of period

 Note 7—Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

Land

Building

Computer equipment, furniture, and office equipment

Computer software purchased

Capitalized internal-use software

Tenant improvements

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

Property and equipment, net

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

(In thousands)

464

$

475

$

20

(66)

26

—

(25)

14

444

$

464

$

—

698

(223)

—

475

$

$

December 31,

2014

2013

$

(In thousands)

$

205

605

45,525

20,363

89,023

9,172

164,893

(87,609)

$

77,284

$

205

461

34,508

13,123

62,871

7,482

118,650

(58,177)

60,473

Depreciation and amortization expense was $32.5 million, $27.1 million and $18.1 million for the years ended
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Included in those amounts are depreciation expense related to
internal-use software of $18.4 million, $15.0 million and $9.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013
and 2012, respectively. The net carrying value of capitalized internal-use software was $39.8 million and $28.1 million
at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

71

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 8—Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and intangible assets on our consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Intangible assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Goodwill and intangible assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

144,662

$

272,538

417,200

$

27,250

3,426

30,676

Goodwill

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill were as follows:

December 31,

2014

2013

(In thousands)

December 31,

2014

2013

(In thousands)

Balance, beginning of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance, end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

27,250

$

117,412

144,662

$

27,250

—

27,250

During the three months ended December 31, 2014, we completed our annual goodwill impairment test as of
September 30, 2014. Based on the results of step one of the annual goodwill impairment test, we determined that step
two was not required for our reporting unit as their fair value exceeded their carrying value indicating there was no
impairment.

Intangible Assets

The gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization related to intangibles assets were as follows:

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

Gross
Carrying
Value

Accumulated
Amortization

Net Book
Value

(In thousands)

Gross
Carrying
Value

Accumulated
Amortization

Net Book
Value

(In thousands)

Weighted
Average
Useful Lives

(Years)

Customer relationships . . $

236,387

$

(4,039) $

232,348

$

— $

— $

Tradenames. . . . . . . . . . .

Patents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

37,385

3,000

937

(546)

—

(586)

36,839

3,000

351

3,000

926

—

(500)

Total intangible assets . . . $

277,709

$

(5,171) $

272,538

$

3,926

$

(500) $

—

—

3,000

426

3,426

14.4

14.8

11.0

9.5

Amortization expense, a component of other general and administrative expenses, on finite-lived intangibles was
$4.5 million, $0.1 million, and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. None
of the intangible assets were impaired as of December 31, 2014 or 2013. 

The  following  table  shows  our  estimated  amortization  expense  for  intangible  assets  for  each  of  the  next  five

succeeding years and thereafter:

2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

19,817

19,816

19,811

19,811

19,730

173,553

272,538

December 31,

(In thousands)

72

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 9—Deposits

In February 2014, we completed the transition of all outstanding customer deposits associated with our GPR card
program  with  GE  Capital  Retail  Bank  to  Green  Dot  Bank.  The  total  funds  transferred  to  Green  Dot  Bank  were
approximately $260 million and are now classified as deposits on our consolidated balance sheet and are included as
"GPR deposits" within non-interest bearing deposit accounts below. In conjunction with this transition, we made a
payment  of  approximately $50  million to  GE  Capital  Retail  Bank  to  settle  our  liability  associated  with  overdrawn
cardholder account balances, which, as of December 31, 2013, was included in our consolidated balance sheet as
"amounts due to card issuing banks for overdrawn accounts."

Non-interest bearing deposit accounts

December 31,

2014

2013

(In thousands)

GPR deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

529,779

$

Other demand deposits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total non-interest bearing deposit accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interest-bearing deposit accounts

Negotiable order of withdrawal (NOW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Savings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Time deposits, denominations greater than or equal to $100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Time deposits, denominations less than $100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total interest-bearing deposit accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

19,631

549,410

905

7,985

5,263

1,838

15,991

Total deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

565,401

$

204,171

—

204,171

1,401

6,410

5,310

2,288

15,409

219,580

The scheduled contractual maturities for total time deposits are presented in the table below:

December 31,

(In thousands)

Due in 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Due in 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Due in 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Due in 2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Due in 2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Thereafter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4,442

1,383

772

58

427

19

Total time deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

7,101

Note 10—Note Payable

The following table presents total outstanding notes payable:

Term Facility

Revolving Facility

Total notes payable

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

$

$

(In thousands)

150,000

$

—

150,000

$

—

—

—

In October 2014, we entered into a $225.0 million credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as an administrative
agent, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, and the other lenders party thereto. The credit agreement provides for
1) a $75.0 million five-year revolving facility (the "Revolving Facility") and 2) a five-year $150.0 million term loan facility
("Term Facility" and, together with the Revolving Facility, the “Senior Credit Facility). The credit agreement also includes
an accordion feature that, subject to securing additional commitments from existing lenders or new lending institutions,
will allow us to increase the aggregate amount of these facilities by up to an additional $50.0 million. We drew the
entire Term Facility on October 23, 2014, and used the proceeds to finance our acquisition of SBBT Holdings, LLC,
as discussed in Note 3 — Business Acquisitions. We expect to use the proceeds 

73

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 10—Note Payable (continued)

of any borrowings under the Revolving Facility for working capital and other general corporate purposes, subject to
the terms and conditions set forth in the credit agreement.

Interest and other fees

At our election, loans made under the credit agreement bear interest at 1) a LIBOR rate (the “LIBOR Rate") or 2)
a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the Bank of America prime rate, (b) the United States federal
funds rate plus 0.50% and (c) a daily rate equal to one-month LIBOR rate plus1.0% (the “Base Rate"), plus in either
case an applicable margin. The applicable margin for borrowings depends on our total leverage ratio and varies from
2.50% to 3.00% for  LIBOR  Rate  loans  and 1.50% to 2.00% for  Base  Rate  loans.  The  effective  interest  rate  on
borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2014 was 2.92%.  Interest expense related to our Senior Credit Facility
was  $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

We also pay a commitment fee, which varies from 0.30% to 0.40% per annum on the actual daily unused portions
of the Revolving Facility. Letter of credit fees are payable in respect of outstanding letters of credit at a rate per annum
equal to the applicable margin for LIBOR Rate loans.

Maturity and payments

The  Revolving  Facility  matures,  the  commitments  thereunder  terminate,  and  all  amounts  then  outstanding

thereunder are payable on October 23, 2019.

Quarterly principal payments of $5.6 million are payable on the loans under the Term Facility. The loans made

under the Term Facility mature and all amounts then outstanding thereunder are payable on October 23, 2019.

The following table sets forth future annual contractual principal payment commitments as of December 31, 2014.

2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31,

(In thousands)

22,500

22,500

22,500

22,500

60,000

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

150,000

We have the option to prepay the borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility without premium or penalty (other
than customary breakage costs). The credit agreement requires us to repay certain amounts outstanding thereunder
with (1) net cash proceeds of certain asset sales or other dispositions that exceed certain thresholds, to the extent
such  proceeds  are  not  reinvested  or  committed  to  be  reinvested  in  the  business  in  accordance  with  customary
reinvestment provisions and (2) net cash proceeds of the incurrence of certain indebtedness. Borrowings under the
Senior Facilities are guaranteed by each of our domestic subsidiaries (the "Guarantor"), other than certain excluded
subsidiaries (including bank subsidiaries) and subject to certain other exceptions set forth in the credit agreement.
Obligations under the Senior Credit Facility are secured by first priority liens on, and security interests in, substantially
all of our assets and each Guarantor, subject to certain customary exceptions. 

Covenants and restrictions

The Senior Credit Facility contains customary representations and warranties relating to us and our subsidiaries.
The Senior Credit Facility also contains certain affirmative and negative covenants including negative covenants that
limit  or  restrict,  among  other  things,  liens,  indebtedness,  investments  and  acquisitions,  mergers  and  fundamental
changes, asset sales, restricted payments, changes in the nature of the business, transactions with affiliates and other
matters customarily restricted in such agreements.  We must maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a
maximum  consolidated  leverage  ratio  at  the  end  of  each  fiscal  quarter,  as  set  forth  in  the  credit  agreement.  At
December 31, 2014, we were in compliance with all such covenants.

If an event of default shall occur and be continuing under the Senior Credit Facility, the commitments may be
terminated and the principal amounts outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility, together with all accrued unpaid
interest and other amounts owing in respect thereof, may be declared immediately due and payable. 

74

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 11—Stockholders’ Equity

Convertible Preferred Stock

In  December  2011,  we  filed  a  restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  that  authorized  10,085  shares  of  Series A
Convertible  Junior  Participating  Non-Cumulative  Perpetual  Preferred  Stock,  or  Series A  Preferred  Stock.  We  then
entered into and completed a share exchange with a significant shareholder, whereby 6,859,000 shares of our Class
B common stock were exchanged for 6,859 shares of our newly created series of preferred stock.

During  the  year  ended  December 31,  2014,  5,345 shares  of  Series  A  Convertible  Junior  Participating  Non-
Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock converted into 5,345,000 shares of Class A Common Stock. As of December 31,
2014 and 2013, 1,515 and 6,859 shares were outstanding, respectively.  Our Certificate of Incorporation specified the
following rights, preferences, and privileges for our Series A preferred stockholders.

Voting

Series A Preferred Stock is non-voting, subject to limited exceptions.

Dividends

Holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive ratable dividends (on an as-converted
basis, taking into account the conversion rate applicable to the Series A Preferred Stock at the time) only as, if and
when any dividends are paid in respect of our Class A Common Stock.

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of our company (excluding a Reorganization
Event (defined below)), of the assets of our company or the proceeds thereof legally available for distribution to our
stockholders are distributable ratably among the holders of our Class A Common Stock and any Series A Preferred
Stock outstanding at that time after payment to the holders of shares of our Series A Preferred Stock of an amount per
share equal to (i) $0.01 plus (ii) any dividends on our Series A Preferred Stock that have been declared but not paid
prior to the date of payment of such distribution.

In connection with any merger, sale of all or substantially all of the assets or other reorganization involving our
company (a “Reorganization Event”) and in which our Class A Common Stock is converted into or exchanged for cash,
securities or other consideration, holders of shares of our Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive ratable
amounts (on an as-converted basis, taking into account the conversion rate applicable to Series A Preferred Stock at
the time) of the same consideration as is payable to holders of our Class A Common Stock pursuant to a Reorganization
Event.

Conversion

Our Series A Preferred Stock is not convertible into any other security except that it converts into Class A Common
Stock if it is transferred by a holder (i) in a widespread public distribution, (ii) in a private sale or transfer in which the
transferee acquires no more than 2% of any class of voting shares of our company, (iii) to a transferee that owns or
controls  more  than  50%  of  the  voting  shares  of  our  company  without  regard  to  any  transfer  from  the  transferring
shareholder or (iv) to our company. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock so transferred will automatically convert
into  1,000  shares  (subject  to  appropriate  adjustment  for  any  stock  split,  reverse  stock  split,  stock  dividend,
recapitalization or other similar event) of our Class A Common Stock. 

Common Stock

In August 2013, the issued and outstanding shares of our Class B Common Stock declined to less than 10% of
the aggregate number of issued and outstanding shares of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.
Pursuant to the terms of Article V of our Certificate of Incorporation, the issued and outstanding shares of our Class
B common stock automatically converted into shares of our Class A common stock. Following this automatic conversion,
there is now only a single class of our common stock outstanding.

Our  Certificate  of  Incorporation  specifies  the  following  rights,  preferences,  and  privileges  for  our  common

stockholders.

Voting

Holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share.

75

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 11—Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our restated Certificate of Incorporation.
In addition, our Certificate of Incorporation provides that a holder, or group of affiliated holders, of more than 24.9% of
our  common  stock  may  not  vote  shares  representing  more  than  14.9%  of  the  voting  power  represented  by  the
outstanding shares of our Class A common stock.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of
outstanding shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available at the
times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. In the event a dividend is paid in the form of shares
of common stock or rights to acquire shares of common stock, the holders of Class A common stock will receive Class
A common stock, or rights to acquire Class A common stock, as the case may be.

Liquidation

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders
would be distributable ratably among the holders of our Class A common stock and any participating preferred stock
outstanding at that time after payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of our preferred
stock and payment of other claims of creditors.

Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our Class A common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights or subject to redemption. 

Non-Employee Stock-Based Payments

Shares Subject to Repurchase

In May 2010, we amended our commercial agreement with Walmart, our largest retail distributor, and GE Money
Bank.  The  amendment  modifies  the  terms  of  our  agreement  related  to  our  co-branded  GPR  MoneyCard,  which
significantly increased the sales commission rates we pay to Walmart for our products sold in their stores. The new
agreement commenced on May 1, 2010 with a five-year term. As an incentive to amend our prepaid card program
agreement, we issued Walmart 2,208,552 shares of our Class A common stock. These shares are subject to our right
to repurchase them at $0.01 per share upon termination of our agreement with Walmart other than a termination arising
out of our knowing, intentional and material breach of the agreement. Our right to repurchase the shares lapses with
respect to 36,810 shares per month over the five-year term of the agreement. The repurchase right will expire as to
all shares of Class A common stock that remain subject to the repurchase right if we experience a “prohibited change
of  control,”  as  defined  in  the  agreement,  if  we  experience  a  “change  of  control,”  as  defined  in  the  stock  issuance
agreement, or under certain other limited circumstances, which we currently believe are remote. As of December 31,
2014 and 2013, 147,192 and 588,912 shares of Class A common stock issued to Walmart were subject to our repurchase
right, respectively.

Warrant

On March 3, 2009, we entered into a sales and marketing agreement with a third party that contained a contingent
warrant feature. The warrant provides the third party with an option to purchase 3,426,765 shares of our common stock
at a per share price of $23.70 if certain sales volume or revenue targets are achieved. A further 856,691 shares become
eligible for purchase under the warrant should either of these targets be achieved and additional specified marketing
and promotional activities take place.

The warrant expired on March 3, 2014 as the third-party did not achieve the specified volume or revenue targets.

Registration Rights Agreements

      Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 27, 2010 as amended

We are a party to a Ninth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2010, as
amended (the "Registration Rights Agreement") with certain of our investors, pursuant to which we have granted those
persons or entities the right to register shares of common stock held by them under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, or the Securities Act. Holders of these rights are entitled to demand that we register their shares of common
stock under the Securities Act so long as certain conditions are satisfied and require us to include their shares of

76

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

common stock in future registration statements that may be filed, either for our own account or for the account of other
security holders exercising registration rights. In addition, after an initial public offering, these holders have the 

Note 11—Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

right to request that their shares of common stock be registered on a Form S-3 registration statement so long as certain
conditions are satisfied and the anticipated aggregate sales price of the registered shares as of the date of filing of the
Form S-3 registration statement is at least $1.0 million. The foregoing registration rights are subject to various conditions
and limitations, including the right of underwriters of an offering to limit the number of registrable securities that may
be included in an offering. The registration rights terminate as to any particular shares on the date on which the holder
sells such shares to the public in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act. We are generally
required to bear all of the expenses of these registrations, except underwriting commissions, selling discounts and
transfer taxes.

We are not obligated under the Registration Rights Agreement to transfer consideration, whether in cash, equity
instruments,  or  adjustments  to  the  terms  of  the  financial  instruments  that  are  subject  to  the  registration  payment
arrangement,  to  the  investors,  if  the  registration  statement  is  not  declared  effective  within  the  specified  time  or  if
effectiveness of the registration statement is not maintained.

Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 23, 2014

We are party to a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 23, 2014, with certain persons listed on
Exhibit A thereto (the “New Registration Rights Agreement”), which we entered into in connection with our acquisition
of TPG. The terms of the New Registration Rights Agreement grant the selling stockholders (and their successors and
permitted assigns who hold shares of our Class A common stock in accordance with the New Registration Rights
Agreement) certain rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. We were required to
file a Form S-3 shelf registration statement to register the shares of Class A common stock issued in the acquisition
of TPG as soon as reasonably practicable after the closing of the acquisition and to cause the registration statement
to be declared effective within 75 days of the closing of the merger.  We filed the Form S-3 registration statement with
the SEC on December 12, 2014. Subject to certain exceptions, we must keep the Form S-3 registration statement
continuously effective until the earlier of (x) the date following the second anniversary of the closing of the acquisition
on which there remain fewer than 1,840,001 registrable securities (i.e., approximately 30% of the aggregate shares
of our common stock issued in the acquisition) and (y) the 30 month anniversary of the acquisition closing.

The New Registration Rights Agreement grants holders holding at least $30 million of registrable securities the
right to cause us to effect up to two underwritten offerings under the Form S-3 registration statement of, in each case,
registrable securities having an aggregate offering price of at least $30 million. The foregoing registration rights are
subject to various conditions and limitations, including the right of underwriters of an offering to limit the number of
registrable securities that may be included in an offering. The registration rights under the New Registration Rights
Agreement will terminate as to any particular shares on the date on which the holder sells such shares to the public
in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act. We will generally pay all expenses, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions, transfer taxes and the fees and disbursements of more than one counsel
for the selling stockholders, incurred in connection with the registration described above. 

Refer to Note 3 — Business Acquisitions for additional information regarding our acquisition of TPG.

Comprehensive Income

The tax impact on unrealized losses and gains on investment securities available-for-sale for the years ended

December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $(3,000), $(104,000) and $46,000  respectively.

Note 12—Employee Stock-Based Compensation

Employee Stock-Based Compensation

In January 2001, we adopted the 2001 Stock Plan. The 2001 Stock Plan provided for the granting of incentive
stock options, nonqualified stock options and other stock awards. Options granted under the 2001 Stock Plan generally
vest over four years and expire five years or ten years from the date of grant. This stock plan is no longer in effect with
the automatic conversion of all Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock in August 2013 as noted within Note
11—Stockholders’ Equity.

77

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 12—Employee Stock-Based Compensation (continued)

In June 2010, our board of directors adopted, and in July 2010 our stockholders approved, the 2010 Equity Incentive
Plan, which replaced our 2001 Stock Plan, and the 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The 2010 Equity Incentive
Plan authorizes the award of stock options, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units,
performance shares and stock bonuses. Options granted under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan generally vest over
four years and expire five years or ten years from the date of grant. The 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan enables
eligible employees to purchase shares of our Class A common stock periodically at a discount. Our 2010 Employee
Stock Purchase Plan is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Internal
Revenue Code. 

Upon adoption, we reserved 2,000,000 shares and 200,000 shares of our Class A common stock for issuance
under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, respectively. The number of shares
reserved for issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and our 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan automatically
increases on the first day of January of each of 2011 through 2014 and 2011 through 2018, respectively, by up to a
number of shares equal to 3% of the total outstanding shares our Class A common stock as of the immediately preceding
December 31st. Our board of directors or its compensation committee may reduce the amount of the annual increase
under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan or 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan in any particular year. At our 2014 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders, our stockholders approved amendments to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan to increase the
number of shares reserved for issuance by 3,400,000 shares.

Stock-based compensation for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 includes expense related to
awards of stock options and restricted stock units and purchases under the 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
Total stock-based compensation expense and the related income tax benefit were as follows: 

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

(In thousands)

Total stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Related income tax benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

20,329

$

6,949

14,703

$

4,007

12,734

3,394

Excluding non-plan equity awards granted in 2013, options and restricted stock units granted on or after July 21,
2010 are issued under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and options granted prior to July 21, 2010 were issued under
the 2001 Stock Plan, the predecessor to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. We have reserved shares of our Class A
common stock common stock for issuance under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

The following table summarizes stock options and restricted stock units granted:

Stock options granted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted-average exercise price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Weighted-average grant-date fair value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Restricted stock units granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted-average grant-date fair value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

(In thousands, except per share data)

106

20.92

10.75

$

$

2,035

19.49

$

2,236

18.88

7.20

$

$

1,272

22.16

$

2,247

19.35

8.92

613

14.14

We estimated the fair value of each stock option grant on the date of grant using the following weighted-average

assumptions:

Risk-free interest rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Expected term (life) of options (in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Expected dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Expected volatility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.8%

5.79

—

53.98%

1.2%

5.86

—

43.4%

1.0%

6.07

—

47.5%

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

78

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 12—Employee Stock-Based Compensation (continued)

Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at their respective grant dates requires considerable judgment,
including estimating expected volatility and expected term (life). We based our expected volatility on the historical
volatility of comparable public companies over the option’s expected term. We calculated our expected term based on
the simplified method, which is the mid-point between the weighted-average graded-vesting term and the contractual
term. The simplified method was chosen as a means to determine expected term as we have limited historical option
exercise experience as a public company. We derived the risk-free rate from the average yield for the five-and seven-
year zero-coupon U.S. Treasury Strips. We estimate forfeitures at the grant date based on our historical forfeiture rate
and revise the estimate, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2014 was as follows:

Options

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price

Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life 
(in Years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value

(In thousands, except per share data and years)

Outstanding at December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5,212

$

Options granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Options exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Options canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outstanding at December 31, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2014 .

Exercisable at December 31, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . .

106

(1,107)

(589)

3,622

$

3,521

2,162

16.62

20.92

7.20

20.98

18.91

18.90

18.79

6.76

6.72

5.82

$

$

$

13,493

13,202

8,752

The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $14.0 million, $17.9 million and $8.5 million for the years ended

December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. 

Restricted stock unit activity for the year ended December 31, 2014 was as follows:

Outstanding at December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Restricted stock units granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Restricted stock units canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Restricted stock units vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outstanding at December 31, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shares

Weighted-Average
Grant-Date Fair
Value

(In thousands)

1,454

2,035

$

$

(406) $

(331) $

2,752

$

20.87

19.49

19.74

19.51

20.18

The total fair value of shares vested for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $8.2 million,

$4.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively, based on the price of our Class A common stock on the vesting date. 

At December 31, 2014, there was $11.8 million and $43.8 million of aggregate unrecognized compensation cost
related to unvested stock options and restricted stock units, respectively, expected to be recognized in compensation
expense in future periods, with a weighted-average period of 2.2 years and 3.3 years, respectively. Approximately 3.7
million shares are available for grant under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan as of December 31, 2014.

Stock-Based Retailer Incentive Compensation

As discussed in Note 11 — Stockholders’ Equity, we issued Walmart 2,208,552 shares of our Class A common
stock. We recognize the fair value of 36,810 shares each month over the five-year term of the commercial agreement.
An early expiration of our right to repurchase as described above would, however, result in the recognition of the fair
value of all the shares still subject to repurchase on the date of the expiration. We currently assess an early expiration
of our repurchase right to be remote. We record the fair value recognized as stock-based retailer incentive compensation,
a contra-revenue component of our total operating revenues. We recognize monthly the fair value of the shares for
which our right to repurchase has lapsed using the then-current fair market value of our Class A common stock. We
recognized $8.9 million, $8.7 million and $8.3 million of stock-based retailer incentive compensation for the years ended
December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

79

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 13—Income Taxes

The components of income tax expense included in our consolidated statements of operations were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

(In thousands)

Current:

Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

24,382

$

11,880

$

State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Current income tax expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Deferred:

Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Deferred income tax expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,368

25,750

760

(224)

(73)

463

1,116

12,996

6,776

(1,312)

—

5,464

Income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

26,213

$

18,460

$

21,322

1,805

23,127

5,931

(139)

—

5,792

28,919

Income tax expense differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income

before income taxes. The sources and tax effects of the differences are as follows:

U.S. federal statutory tax rate

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

General business credits

Employee stock-based compensation

Non-deductible transaction costs

Other

Effective tax rate

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

35.0%

1.1

(1.3)

0.7

1.8

0.7

35.0%

(0.2)

(2.3)

1.4

—

1.2

35.0%

1.9

(0.4)

1.4

—

0.3

38.0%

35.1%

38.2%

The increase in the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the year ended
December 31, 2013 is primarily attributable to certain non-deductible transaction costs incurred during the year and
fewer general business credits. We recognized a discrete benefit in the first quarter of 2013 related to the reinstatement
of 2012 general business credits.  

The tax effects of temporary difference that give rise to significant portions of our deferred tax assets and liabilities

were as follows:

80

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 13—Income Taxes (continued)

Deferred tax assets:

Net operating loss carryforwards

Stock-based compensation

Reserve for overdrawn accounts

Accrued liabilities

Tax credit carryforwards

Other

Gross deferred tax assets

Valuation allowance

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

Deferred tax liabilities:

Internal-use software costs

Property and equipment, net

Deferred expenses

Intangible assets

Gift card revenue

Other

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

December 31,

2014

2013

(In thousands)

$

$

$

$

15,172

$

9,317

4,422

5,866

3,131

2,151

40,059

—

40,059

$

14,880

$

3,924

5,856

3,467

7,951

1,708

37,786

2,273

$

Total net deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in our consolidated balance sheets as follows:

Current net deferred tax liabilities

Noncurrent net deferred tax assets

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

December 31,

2014

2013

$

$

(In thousands)

(3,995) $

6,268

2,273

$

12,276

6,397

4,088

5,354

2,298

984

31,397

(1,228)

30,169

10,587

5,534

5,083

1,156

6,637

1,526

30,523

(354)

(3,716)

3,362

(354)

We establish a valuation allowance when we consider it more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred
tax assets will not be realized. As of December 31, 2014, we did not have a valuation allowance on any of our deferred
tax assets as we believed it was more-likely-than-not that we would realize the benefits of our deferred tax assets.

We are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, and various state tax authorities. Our
consolidated federal income tax returns for five-months ended December 31, 2009 and the years ended December
31, 2010 and 2011 are currently under examination by the IRS. We remain subject to examination of our federal income
tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013. We generally remain subject to examination of our
various state income tax returns for a period of four to five years from the respective dates the returns were filed.

As of December 31, 2014, we have net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $41.7 million and $26.2
million for federal and state tax purposes, respectively, which will be available to offset future income. If not used, these
carryforwards will expire between 2025 and 2034. In addition, we have state business tax credits of approximately
$4.1 million that will expire between 2028 and 2034 and other state business tax credits of approximately $1.4 million
that will expire 2024.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had a liability of $6.2 million and $3.7 million, respectively, for unrecognized
tax benefits related to various federal and state income tax matters excluding interest, penalties and related tax benefits.
The reconciliation of the beginning unrecognized tax benefits balance to the ending balance is as follows:

81

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 13—Income Taxes (continued)

Beginning balance

Increases related to positions taken during prior years

Increases related to positions taken during the current year

Ending balance

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if
recognized, would affect the effective tax rate

$

$

$

2014

Year Ended December 31,

2013

(In thousands)

2012

3,724

$

856

1,609

6,189

$

1,481

$

931

1,312

3,724

$

—

970

511

1,481

6,189

$

3,724

$

1,481

We  recognized  accrued  interest  and  penalties  related  to  unrecognized  tax  benefits  for  the  years  ended

December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, of approximately $361,000, $338,000 and $0, respectively.

Note 14—Earnings per Common Share

In August 2013, the issued and outstanding shares of our Class B Common Stock declined to less than 10% of
the aggregate number of issued and outstanding shares of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.
Pursuant to the terms of Article V of our Certificate of Incorporation, the issued and outstanding shares of our Class
B common stock automatically converted into shares of our Class A common stock. Following this automatic conversion,
there is now only a single class of our common stock outstanding. 

The calculation of basic and diluted EPS was as follows:

Basic earnings per Class A common share

Net income

Income attributable to preferred stock

Income attributable to other classes of common stock

Net income allocated to Class A common stockholders

Weighted-average Class A shares issued and outstanding

Basic earnings per Class A common share

Diluted earnings per Class A common share

Net income allocated to Class A common stockholders

Re-allocated earnings

Diluted net income allocated to Class A common stockholders

Weighted-average Class A shares issued and outstanding

Dilutive potential common shares:

Stock options

Restricted stock units

Employee stock purchase plan

Diluted weighted-average Class A shares issued and outstanding

Diluted earnings per Class A common share

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

(In thousands, except per share data)

$

$

$

$

$

$

42,693

$

34,040

$

(4,842)

(349)

37,502

$

40,907

0.92

$

(5,360)

(642)

28,038

$

35,875

0.78

$

37,502

$

28,038

$

94

37,596

$

40,907

640

220

3

41,770

0.90

$

172

28,210

$

35,875

1,078

203

—

37,156

0.76

$

47,219

(7,599)

(1,400)

38,220

34,499

1.11

38,220

293

38,513

34,499

1,369

43

22

35,933

1.07

As  of  December 31,  2014,  147,192  shares  of  Class A  common  stock  issued  to  Walmart  were  subject  to  our
repurchase right. Basic and diluted EPS for these shares were the same as basic and diluted EPS for our Class A
common stock for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we excluded from the computation of basic EPS all shares
issuable  under  an  unvested  warrant  to  purchase  4,283,456  shares  of  our  Class A  common  stock,  as  the  related
performance conditions had not been satisfied.

82

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 14—Earnings per Common Share (continued)

For  the  periods  presented,  we  excluded  all  shares  of  convertible  preferred  stock  and  certain  stock  options
outstanding, which could potentially dilute basic EPS in the future, from the computation of diluted EPS as their effect
was anti-dilutive. The following table shows the weighted-average number of anti-dilutive shares excluded from the
diluted EPS calculation:

Class A common stock

Options to purchase Class A common stock

Restricted stock units

Conversion of convertible preferred stock

Total options, restricted stock units and convertible preferred stock

Note 15—Fair Value Measurements

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

(In thousands, except per share data)

598

15

5,282

5,895

994

39

6,859

7,892

1,408

26

6,859

8,293

Under applicable accounting guidance, fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an
asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability
in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.

We  determine the fair values of our financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established under
applicable accounting guidance which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the
use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. There are three levels of inputs used to measure fair value. 

For more information regarding the fair value hierarchy and how we measure fair value, see Note 2–Summary of

Significant Accounting Policies.

As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, our assets carried at fair value on a recurring basis were as

follows:

December 31, 2014

Corporate bonds

Commercial paper

U.S. Treasury notes

Agency securities

Mortgage-backed securities

Municipal bonds

Asset-backed securities

Total

December 31, 2013

Corporate bonds

Commercial paper

Negotiable certificate of deposit

U.S. Treasury notes

Agency securities

Mortgage-backed securities

Municipal bonds

Asset-backed securities

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total Fair Value

(In thousands)

— $

40,389

$

— $

—

—

—

—

—

—

7,649

14,771

2,950

35,362

5,595

13,715

—

—

—

—

—

—

40,389

7,649

14,771

2,950

35,362

5,595

13,715

— $

120,431

$

— $

120,431

— $

70,997

$

— $

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

49,321

4,403

14,278

14,959

4,001

19,031

21,754

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

70,997

49,321

4,403

14,278

14,959

4,001

19,031

21,754

— $

198,744

$

— $

198,744

$

$

$

$

We based the fair value of our fixed income securities held as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 on
quoted prices in active markets for similar assets. We had no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 assets
during the years ended December 31, 2014 or 2013.

83

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 16—Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following describes the valuation technique for determining the fair value of financial instruments, whether or

not such instruments are carried at fair value on our consolidated balance sheets.

Short-term Financial Instruments

Our short-term financial instruments consist principally of unrestricted and restricted cash and cash equivalents,
federal funds sold, settlement assets and obligations, and obligations to customers. These financial instruments are
short-term in nature, and, accordingly, we believe their carrying amounts approximate their fair values. Under the fair
value hierarchy, these instruments are classified as Level 1.

Investment Securities

The fair values of investment securities have been derived using methodologies referenced in Note 2–Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies. Under the fair value hierarchy, our investment securities are classified as Level 2.

Loans

We determined the fair values of loans by discounting both principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected
using a discount rate commensurate with the risk that we believe a market participant would consider in determining
fair value. Under the fair value hierarchy, our loans are classified as Level 3.

Deposits

The fair value of demand and interest checking deposits and savings deposits is the amount payable on demand
at the reporting date. We determined the fair value of time deposits by discounting expected future cash flows using
market-derived rates based on our market yields on certificates of deposit, by maturity, at the measurement date. Under
the fair value hierarchy, our deposits are classified as Level 2.

Note Payable

The fair value of our note payable is based on borrowing rates currently available to us for loans with similar terms
or maturity.  The carrying amount of our note payable is considered a Level 2 liability and approximates fair value since
the interest rate charged is variable and commensurate with rates presently available in the market.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying values and fair values of certain financial instruments that were not carried at fair value, excluding
short-term  financial  instruments  for  which  the  carrying  value  approximates  fair  value,  at  December 31,
2014 and 2013 are presented in the table below.

Financial Assets

Loans to bank customers, net of allowance

Financial Liabilities

Deposits

Note payable

$

$

$

Note 17—Concentrations of Credit Risk

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

Carrying Value

Fair Value

Carrying Value

Fair Value

(In thousands)

6,550

$

5,399

$

6,902

$

5,926

565,401

150,000

$

$

565,345

150,000

$

$

219,580

$

— $

219,534

—

Financial instruments that subject us to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of unrestricted cash and cash
equivalents, restricted cash, investment securities, accounts receivable, loans and settlement assets. We deposit our
unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and our restricted cash with regional and national banking institutions that we
periodically monitor and evaluate for creditworthiness. Credit risk for our investment securities is mitigated by the types
of investment securities in our portfolio, which must comply with strict investment guidelines that we believe appropriately
ensures the preservation of invested capital. Credit risk for our accounts receivable is concentrated with card issuing
banks and our customers, and this risk is mitigated by the relatively short collection period and our large customer
base. We do not require or maintain collateral for accounts receivable. We maintain reserves for uncollectible overdrawn

84

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

accounts and uncollectible trade receivables. With respect to our loan portfolio, approximately 93.8% of our borrowers
reside in the state of Utah and approximately 41.5% in the city of Provo. Consequently, this loan portfolio is susceptible

Note 17—Concentrations of Credit Risk (continued)

to any adverse market or environmental conditions that may impact this specific geographic region. Credit risk for our
settlement assets is concentrated with our retail distributors, which we periodically monitor.

Note 18—Defined Contribution Plan

On  January  1,  2004,  we  established  a  defined  contribution  savings  plan  under  Section  401(k)  of  the  Internal
Revenue Code. Employees who have attained at least 21 years of age are generally eligible to participate in the plan
on the first day of the calendar month following the month in which they commence service with us. Participants may
make pre-tax contributions to the plan from their eligible earnings up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit on pre-
tax contributions under the code. We may contribute to the plan at the discretion of our board of directors. Effective
January 1, 2010, our board elected to include a discretionary employer matching contribution equal to 50% of the first
6% of the participant’s eligible compensation as defined by the Plan. Effective January 1, 2013, our board elected to
suspend  discretionary  employer  matching  contributions,  however,  in  March  2014,  employer  contributions  were
reinstated equal to 25% of the first 5% of a participant's eligible compensation. Our contributions are allocated in the
same manner as that of the participant’s elective contributions. We made contributions to the plan of $0.5 million, $0.1
million, and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Amounts contributed
in the year ended December 31, 2013 were related to matching contributions on employee contributions during the
year ended December 31, 2012 which were not received until 2013.

Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies

In December 2011, we entered into a ten-year office lease for 140,000 square feet of office space in Pasadena,
California. This facility serves as our corporate headquarters. The initial term of the lease is ten years and is scheduled
to expire  on  October 31, 2022. Through our wholly owned subsidiaries, we also lease various office facilities and
maintain smaller administrative or project offices. Our total rental expense for these and former leases amounted to
$5.4 million, $5.3 million and $6.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

At December 31, 2014, the future minimum aggregate rental commitment under all operating leases and minimum

annual payments through various agreements with vendors and retail distributors was as follows:

Year ending December 31,

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Thereafter

Total of future commitments

Operating Leases

Vendor/Retail Distributor
Commitments

(In thousands)

7,147

$

7,460

6,773

5,763

5,618

16,733

49,494

$

23,642

25,998

16,005

7,610

30

—

73,285

$

$

In the event we terminate our processing services agreement for convenience, we are required to pay a single
lump sum equal to any minimum payments remaining on the date of termination.  These future minimum obligations
are included in our vendor and retail distributor commitments.

We monitor the laws of all 50 states to identify state laws or regulations that apply (or may apply) to our products
and services. We have obtained money transmitter licenses (or similar such licenses) where applicable, based on
advice of counsel or when we have been requested to do so. If we were found to be in violation of any laws and
regulations governing banking, money transmitters, electronic fund transfers, or money laundering in the United States
or abroad, we could be subject to penalties or could be forced to change our business practices.

In the ordinary course of business, we are a party to various legal proceedings. We review these actions on an
ongoing basis to determine whether it is probable that a loss has occurred and use that information when making
accrual and disclosure decisions. We have not established reserves or possible ranges of losses related to these
proceedings because, at this time in the proceedings, the matters do not relate to a probable loss and/or the amounts
are not reasonably estimable.

85

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

During the year ended December 31, 2014, we received net cash proceeds of $6.4 million in connection with the
settlement of a lawsuit. We recorded this settlement, net of legal costs incurred in connection with the litigation, as
other income on our consolidated statement of operations.

From time to time we enter into contracts containing provisions that contingently require us to indemnify various
parties against claims from third parties. These contracts primarily relate to: (i) contracts with our card issuing banks,
under which we are responsible to them for any unrecovered overdrafts on cardholders’ accounts; (ii) certain real estate
leases, under which we may be required to indemnify property owners for environmental and other liabilities, and other
claims arising from our use of the premises; (iii) certain agreements with our officers, directors, and employees, under
which we may be required to indemnify these persons for liabilities arising out of their relationship with us; and (iv)
contracts under which we may be required to indemnify our retail distributors, suppliers, vendors and other parties with
whom  we  have  contracts  against  claims  arising  from  certain  of  our  actions,  omissions,  violations  of  law  and/or
infringement of patents, trademarks, copyrights and/or other intellectual property rights.

Generally, a maximum obligation under these contracts is not explicitly stated. Because the obligated amounts
associated with these types of agreements are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum amount of the obligation
cannot be reasonably estimated. With the exception of overdrafts on cardholders’ accounts, historically, we have not
been required to make payments under these and similar contingent obligations, and no liabilities have been recorded
for these obligations in our consolidated balance sheets.

For additional information regarding overdrafts on cardholders’ accounts, refer to Note 5 — Accounts Receivable.

Note 20—Significant Customer Concentration

A credit concentration may exist if customers are involved in similar industries, economic sectors, and geographic
regions. Our retail distributors operate in similar economic sectors but diverse domestic geographic regions. The loss
of a significant retail distributor could have a material adverse effect upon our card sales, profitability, and revenue
growth.

Revenue Concentrations

Revenues derived from our products sold at retail distributors constituting greater than 10% of our total operating

revenues were as follows:

Walmart

Year Ended December 31,

2014

54%

2013

64%

2012

64%

Excluding stock-based retailer incentive compensation of $8.9 million, $8.7 million, and $8.3 million for the years
ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively, revenues derived from our products sold at retail distributors
constituting greater than 10% of our total operating revenues were as follows:

Walmart

Year Ended December 31,

2014

55%

2013

65%

2012

65%

Included  in  these  percentages  are  operating  revenues  derived  from  the  Walmart  MoneyCard  program,  which
represented 38%, 45% and 49% for each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.  No
other retail distributor made up greater than 10% of our total operating revenues for the years ended December 31,
2014, 2013, and 2012. 

86

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 20—Significant Customer Concentration (continued)

Unit Concentrations

The concentration of GPR cards activated (in units) and the concentration of sales of cash transfer products (in

units) derived from our products sold at our four largest retail distributors was as follows:

Concentration of GPR cards activated (in units)

Concentration of sales of cash transfer products (in units)

Settlement Asset Concentrations

Year Ended December 31,

2014

70%

83%

2013

82%

87%

2012

87%

88%

Settlement assets derived from our products sold at our four largest retail distributors comprised the following

percentages of the settlement assets recorded on our consolidated balance sheet:

Walmart

Three other largest retail distributors, as a group

Other Concentrations

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

22%

6%

34%

39%

At December 31, 2013, the customer funds underlying the Walmart co-branded GPR cards were held by GE Capital
Retail Bank. These funds were held in trust for the benefit of the customers, and we had no legal rights to the customer
funds. Additionally, we had receivables due from GE Capital Retail Bank that are included in accounts receivable, net,
on our consolidated balance sheets. 

Note 21—Regulatory Requirements

Our subsidiary bank, Green Dot Bank, is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System and our primary regulator
is the Federal Reserve Board. We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal
banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory actions by regulators
that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines,
we must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the assets, liabilities and certain off-
balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are
also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

As of December 31, 2014, we were categorized as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt
corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, we must maintain specific total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based,
and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. There are no conditions or events since December 31, 2014
which management believes would have changed our category as well capitalized.

The  actual  amounts  and  ratios,  and  required  minimum  capital  amounts  and  ratios  by  which  we  exceed  these

minimum ratios at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

December 31, 2014

(In thousands, except ratios)

Actual

Regulatory "well capitalized" minimum

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Tier 1 leverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tier 1 risk-based capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total risk-based capital. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31, 2013

Tier 1 leverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tier 1 risk-based capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total risk-based capital. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

200,917

200,917

201,368

370,476

370,476

370,476

87

21.3%

45.4

45.5

45.8%

100.8

100.8

47,113

26,561

44,269

40,418

22,057

36,762

5.0%

6.0

10.0

5.0%

6.0

10.0

GREEN DOT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 22— Selected Unaudited Quarterly Financial Information

The following tables set forth a summary of our quarterly financial information for each of the four quarters in 2014

and 2013:

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

(In thousands, except per share data)

2014

Total operating revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

150,609

$

144,659

$

147,016

$

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

150,339

Operating income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interest (expense) income, net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net (loss) income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

(Loss) earnings per common share

Basic

270

(148)

760

882

1,727

(845) $

131,331

13,328

965

6,369

20,662

6,771

125,284

21,732

1,010

—

22,742

8,399

13,891

$

14,343

$

Class A common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

(0.02) $

0.30

$

0.32

$

Diluted

Class A common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

(0.02) $

0.30

$

0.31

$

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

(In thousands, except per share data)

2013

Total operating revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

142,320

$

136,544

$

140,608

$

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

141,856

128,570

Operating income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interest income, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

464

949

1,413

377

7,974

778

8,752

2,638

123,253

17,355

839

18,194

6,890

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

1,036

$

6,114

$

11,304

$

Earnings per common share

Basic

Class A common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

0.02

$

0.14

$

0.26

$

Diluted

Class A common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

0.02

$

0.13

$

0.25

$

159,269

135,609

23,660

961

—

24,621

9,316

15,305

0.34

0.33

154,149

130,810

23,339

802

24,141

8,555

15,586

0.36

0.35

Note 24—Subsequent Event

In January 2015, we completed the acquisition of a privately-held GPR prepaid company.  We issued approximately
514,000 shares of Class A Common stock on the date of close, and the remainder of the consideration was paid in
cash, resulting in a total purchase price of approximately $80.0 million. This acquisition has been accounted for under
the purchase method of accounting. We will recognize the excess of the purchase price over the net of the amounts
assigned to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed as goodwill. As of the date of
this  report,  we  have  not  completed  our  allocation  of  the  total  purchase  price  to  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities
assumed based on their estimated fair values. 

88

ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreement With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures — Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and
Chief  Financial  Officer,  has  evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 13d-15(e)), and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) at the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluation of our
disclosure controls and procedures, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, at
the end of such period, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to
be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and
reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to our
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions
regarding required disclosure.

Report of management on internal control over financial reporting — Our management is responsible for establishing
and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and
15d-15(f)) for Green Dot Corporation. Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, has conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework). We have excluded from our evaluation,
the internal control over financial reporting of the operations of Insight Card Services, LLC, SBBT Holdings, LLC, and
Achieve Financial Services, LLC, each acquired during the year ended December 31, 2014, as discussed in Note 3
— Business Acquisitions in Item 8 of this report. As of December 31, 2014, the total assets and tangible assets (excludes
goodwill  and  intangible  assets)  subject  to  these  acquisitions'  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  represented
approximately  25%  and  2%  of  our  consolidated  total  assets  and  consolidated  tangible  assets,  respectively.  Total
operating revenues subject to these acquisitions' internal control over financial reporting represented approximately
3% of our consolidated total operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014. 

Our  management  concluded  that,  as  of  December 31,  2014,  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was

effective based on these criteria. 

Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an unqualified opinion on the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, which is included in Part II, Item
8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Change in internal control over financial reporting — There was no material change in our internal control over
financial  reporting  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f))  during  the  three  months  ended
December 31, 2014 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over
financial reporting.

Limitations  on  Effectiveness  of  Controls  —  Our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief
Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal controls will prevent all
errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not
absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must
reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their
costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance
that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our company have been detected.

ITEM 9B. Other Information

2015 Executive Officer Bonus Plan

On February 26, 2015, the Compensation Committee of our board of directors approved our 2015 Executive Officer
Incentive Bonus Plan (“Plan”), which is designed to reward designated executive officers, including executive officers
identified as named executive officers in our 2014 annual meeting proxy statement, if we achieve specified adjusted
EBITDA and annual revenue objectives for 2015.

The named executive officer participants in the Plan, and their 2015 on-target bonus amounts under the Plan
expressed as a percentage of their respective annual base salaries, are: Steven W. Streit, Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer - 100%; Grace Wang, Chief Financial Officer - 75%; Konstantinos Sgoutas, Chief Revenue

89

Officer - 100%; Lewis B. Goodwin, Chief Executive Officer, Green Dot Bank - 70%: and John Ricci, General Counsel
and Secretary - 50%.

Under the Plan, participants are eligible to receive one annual bonus, each in an amount equal to the participant's
full 2015 on-target bonus for achievement of the two financial objectives described below. The actual bonus payment
is the on-target bonus payment multiplied by a percentage (which may be more or less than 100% but shall not exceed
150%) that varies depending upon achievement of the financial objectives. Each of the financial objectives is given
equal weight, except that no bonus shall be payable if we fail to achieve at least 90% of both financial objectives.

The financial objectives under the Plan are expressed in terms of the (i) annual goals contained in our financial
plan for adjusted EBITDA, which is calculated by adding the amount of all stock-based compensation to the amount
of earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization reflected in our consolidated statements of
operations; and (ii) annual goals contained in our financial plan for annual revenue, which is calculated by adding the
amount  of  stock-based  retailer  incentive  compensation  to  the  amount  of  total  operating  revenues  reflected  in  our
consolidated statements of operations.

The financial targets under the Plan may be modified or adjusted for non-recurring or extraordinary items.

90

ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our proxy statement for our 2015 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the year ended December 31, 2014.

ITEM 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our proxy statement for our 2015 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the year ended December 31, 2014.

ITEM 12. Securities Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our proxy statement for our 2015 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the year ended December 31, 2014.

ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our proxy statement for our 2015 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the year ended December 31, 2014.

ITEM 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our proxy statement for our 2015 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the year ended December 31, 2014.

91

ITEM 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The following documents are filed as exhibits to this report:

1. Financial Statements

PART IV

The Index to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report is incorporated herein by reference as the
list of financial statements required as part of this report.

2. Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statement schedules have been omitted, since the required information is not applicable or is not
present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included
in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

3. Exhibits: The following exhibits are filed as part of or furnished with this annual report on Form 10-K as applicable:

The exhibit list in the Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference as the list of exhibits required as part of
this report.

92

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report

to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURE

Date:

March 2, 2015

Green Dot Corporation

By:
Name:

Title:

/s/ Steven W. Streit

Steven W. Streit
Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that each individual whose signature appears below constitutes
and appoints Steven W. Streit, John C. Ricci, and Grace T. Wang, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-
in-fact and agents with full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  granting  unto  said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and
thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she
might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them,
or his, her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done or by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the

following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

By:

/s/ Steven W. Streit

Name: Steven W. Streit

By:

/s/ Grace T. Wang

Name: Grace T. Wang

By:

/s/ Kenneth C. Aldrich

Name: Kenneth C. Aldrich

By:

/s/ Samuel Altman

Name: Samuel Altman

Chairman, President, and Chief Executive
Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

March 2, 2015

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial
Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

March 2, 2015

Director

Director

March 2, 2015

March 2, 2015

By:

/s/ Glinda Bridgforth-Hodges

Director

March 2, 2015

Name: Glinda Bridgforth-Hodges

By:

/s/ Mary J. Dent

Name: Mary J. Dent

Director

March 2, 2015

By:

/s/ Timothy R. Greenleaf

Director

March 2, 2015

Name: Timothy R. Greenleaf

By:

/s/ Michael J. Moritz

Name: Michael J. Moritz

Director

March 2, 2015

By:

/s/ George T. Shaheen

Director

March 2, 2015

Name: George T. Shaheen

93

The following documents are filed as exhibits to this report:

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
2.1^

Exhibit Title
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September
17, 2014 by and among the Registrant, Patriot Merger
Sub LLC, SBBT Holdings, LLC, Platform TPG LLC, solely
in its capacity as the initial Holder Representative
thereunder, and the certain persons delivering joinder
agreements therewith.

Incorporated by Reference

Form
8-K

Date
September 17,
2014

Number
2.01

Filed
Herewith

3.1

3.2

3.3

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

10.1

10.2*

10.3*

10.4*

10.5

10.6†

10.7†

Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
of the Registrant.

S-1(A2)

April 26, 2010

3.02

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant.

S-1(A4)

June 29, 2010

Certificate of Designations of Series A Convertible Junior
Participating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock of
Green Dot Corporation dated as of December 8, 2011.

8-K

December 14,
2011

3.04

3.01

Ninth Amended and Restated Registration Rights
Agreement by and among the Registrant, certain
stockholders and certain warrant holders of the
Registrant.

First Amendment to Ninth Amended and Restated
Registration Rights Agreement by and among the
Registrant, certain stockholders and certain warrant
holders of the Registrant.

Second Amendment to Ninth Amended and Restated
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 8,
2011, by and among the Registrant and certain
stockholders of the Registrant.

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 23,
2014, by and among the Registrant and the persons listed
on Exhibit A thereto.

Form of Indemnity Agreement.

Second Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Plan and
forms of notice of stock option grant, stock option
agreement and stock option exercise letter.

2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and forms of
notice of stock option grant, stock option award
agreement, notice of restricted stock award, restricted
stock agreement, notice of stock bonus award, stock
bonus award agreement, notice of stock appreciation right
award, stock appreciation right award agreement, notice
of restricted stock unit award, restricted stock unit award
agreement, notice of performance shares award and
performance shares agreement.

S-1(A4)

June 29, 2010

4.01

S-1(A7)

July 19, 2010

4.02

8-K

December 11,
2011

4.01

8-K

October 24, 2014

4.01

S-1(A4)

June 29, 2010

S-1(A3)

June 2, 2010

10.01

10.02

8-K

May 23, 2014

10.01

2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

S-1(A4)

June 29, 2010

10.19

Lease Agreement between the Registrant and Wells REIT
II - Pasadena Corporate Park L.P., dated December 5,
2011

Amended and Restated Prepaid Card Program
Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2010, by and among the
Registrant, Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., Wal-Mart Stores Texas,
L.P., Wal-Mart Louisiana, LLC, Wal-Mart Stores East, L.P.,
Wal-Mart Stores, L.P. and GE Money Bank.

First Amendment To Walmart MoneyCard Program
Agreement dated as of January 12, 2012, by and among
the Registrant, Walmart Stores Texas L.P., Wal-Mart
Louisiana, LLC, Wal-Mart Stores Arkansas, LLC, Wal-Mart
Stores East, L.P., Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., and GE Capital
Retail Bank.

10-K

February 29, 2012

10.8

S-1(A6)

July 13, 2010

10.05

10-K

February 29, 2012

10.10

Incorporated by Reference

Form
10-Q

Date
November 9, 2012

Number
10.2

Filed
Herewith

8-K

June 10, 2013

10.01

10-Q

August 9, 2013

10.2

10-Q

February 28, 2014

10.3

S-1(A6)

July 13, 2010

10.06

10-Q

August 11, 2014

10.01

10-Q

November 7, 2014

10.01

10-Q

November 7, 2014

10.02

Exhibit
Number
10.8†

10.9

10.10†

10.11†

10.12†

10.13

10.14††

10.15††

10.16

Exhibit Title
Amendment To the Walmart MoneyCard Program
Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2012, by and among
the Registrant, Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., Wal-Mart Stores
Texas, L.P., Wal-Mart Louisiana, LLC, Wal-Mart Stores
Arkansas, LLC, Wal-Mart Stores East, L.P., and GE
Capital Retail Bank.

Agreement to Purchase Assets and Assume Liabilities
from GE Retail Bank, dated as of June 7, 2013, by and
between Green Dot Bank, the subsidiary bank of Green
Dot Corporation, and GE Capital Retail Bank

Amendment to Walmart MoneyCard Program Agreement
dated as of May 27, 2010, as amended as of March 14,
2013, by and among the Registrant and Wal-Mart Stores,
Inc., Wal-Mart Stores Texas L.P., Wal-Mart Louisiana,
LLC, Wal-Mart Stores Arkansas, LLC, and Wal-Mart
Stores East, LP and GE Capital Retail Bank

Additional Product Amendment to Walmart MoneyCard
Program Agreement dated as of May 27, 2010, as
amended, by and among the Registrant and Wal-Mart
Stores, Inc., Walmart Stores Texas L.P., Wal-Mart
Louisiana, LLC, Wal-Mart Stores Arkansas, LLC, and Wal-
Mart Stores East, L.P., and GE Capital Retail Bank.

Card Program Services Agreement, dated as of
October 27, 2006, by and between the Registrant and GE
Money Bank, as amended.

Puerto Rico Sales Amendment to Walmart MoneyCard
Program Agreement dated as of May 27, 2010, as
amended as of March 21, 2014, by and among the
Registrant and Green Dot Bank and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.,
Wal-Mart Stores Arkansas, LLC, Wal-Mart Stores East,
L.P., Wal-Mart Stores Texas LLC, Wal-Mart Louisiana,
LLC, and Wal-Mart Stores Puerto Rico, Inc.

GoBank Amendment to MoneyCard Program Agreement
dated as of August 26, 2014 by and among the Registrant
and Wal-Mart Stores Arkansas, LLC, and Wal-Mart Stores
East, L.P., Walmart Stores Texas L.L.C., Wal-Mart
Louisiana, LLC, Wal-Mart Puerto Rico, Inc. and Green Dot
Bank.

Green Dot Everyday-Branded Additional Card Amendment
to Walmart MoneyCard Program Agreement dated as of
June 1, 2014 by and among the Registrant and Wal-Mart
Stores, Inc., Wal-Mart Stores Arkansas, LLC, and Wal-
Mart Stores East, L.P., Walmart Stores Texas L.L.C., Wal-
Mart Louisiana, LLC, Wal-Mart Puerto Rico, Inc. and
Green Dot Bank.

Extension Amendment to Walmart MoneyCard Program
Agreement dated as of May 27, 2010, as amended as of
December 16, 2014, by and among the Registrant and
Green Dot Bank and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., Wal-Mart
Stores Texas LLC, as the successor to Wal-Mart Stores
Texas, L.P., Wal-Mart Louisiana, LLC, Wal-Mart Stores
Arkansas, LLC, Wal-Mart Puerto Rico, Inc. and Wal-Mart
Stores East, L.P.

10.17

Credit Agreement, dated as of October 23, 2014, by and
between the Registrant, Bank of America, N.A., and the
other lenders party thereto.

8-K

October 24, 2014

10.01

10.18*

Form of Executive Severance Agreement.

S-1(A2)

April 26, 2010

10.19*

2014 Executive Officer Incentive Bonus Plan

10-K

March 3, 2014

10.12

10.20

10.20*

2015 Executive Officer Incentive Bonus Plan

X

X

Exhibit Title
Class A Common Stock Issuance Agreement, dated as of
May 27, 2010, between the Registrant and Wal-Mart
Stores, Inc.

Incorporated by Reference

Form
S-1(A6)

Date
July 13, 2010

Number
10.17

Filed
Herewith

Voting Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2010, between the
Registrant and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.

S-1(A4)

June 29, 2010

10.18

Offer letter to Grace Wang from the Registrant, dated
August 27, 2013.

10-Q

November 11,
2013

10.1

Exhibit
Number
10.21

10.22

10.23*

23.1

24.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered
public accounting firm.

Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K).

Certification of Steven W. Streit, Chief Executive Officer
and Chairman of the Board of Directors, pursuant to Rule
13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Grace T. Wang, Chief Financial Officer,
pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002.

Certification of Steven W. Streit, Chief Executive Officer
and Chairman of the Board of Directors, pursuant to 18
U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Grace T. Wang, Chief Financial Officer,
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant
to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document**

101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document**

101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
Document**

101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
Document**

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document**

101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
Document**

________________

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

^

*

**

† 

†† 

Schedules and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. Green Dot hereby undertakes to furnish
supplementally copies of any of the omitted schedules and exhibits upon request by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the Interactive Data Files on Exhibit 101 hereto are deemed not filed or part of a registration
statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("Securities Act"), are deemed not
filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act"), and otherwise are not subject
to liability under those sections. The Interactive Data File will be filed by amendment to this Form 10-K within 30 days of the filing date of
this Form 10-K, as permitted by Rule 405(a)(2)(ii) of Regulation S-T.

Registrant has omitted portions of the referenced exhibit and filed such exhibit separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
pursuant to a grant of confidential treatment under Rule 406 or Rule 24b-2 promulgated under the Securities Act or Rule 24b-2 promulgated
under the Exchange Act.

Confidential treatment has been requested with regard to certain portions of this document. Such portions were filed separately with the
Commission.